EP2771999A2 - Special subframe allocation in wireless networks - Google Patents
Special subframe allocation in wireless networksInfo
- Publication number
- EP2771999A2 EP2771999A2 EP12812742.0A EP12812742A EP2771999A2 EP 2771999 A2 EP2771999 A2 EP 2771999A2 EP 12812742 A EP12812742 A EP 12812742A EP 2771999 A2 EP2771999 A2 EP 2771999A2
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- base station
- subframes
- subframe
- special
- base stations
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0058—Allocation criteria
- H04L5/0073—Allocation arrangements that take into account other cell interferences
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/24—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts
- H04B7/26—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile
- H04B7/2643—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile using time-division multiple access [TDMA]
- H04B7/2656—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile using time-division multiple access [TDMA] for structure of frame, burst
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0014—Three-dimensional division
- H04L5/0023—Time-frequency-space
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
- H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
Definitions
- FIG. 1 is a diagram depicting example sets of OFDM subcarriers as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a diagram depicting an example transmission time and reception time for two carriers as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 3 is a diagram depicting OFDM radio resources as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a base station and a wireless device as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 5 is a block diagram depicting a system for transmitting data traffic over an OFDM radio system as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 6 is a diagram depicting an example heterogeneous network as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a few example interference scenarios as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 is a diagram depicting an example almost blank subframe as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 9 is an example almost blank subframe configuration as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram depicting an example wireless device configuration as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
- Example embodiments of the present invention enable special subframe allocation in wireless communication systems.
- Embodiments of the technology disclosed herein may be employed, for example, in the technical field of heterogeneous wireless communication systems. More particularly, the embodiments of the technology disclosed herein may relate to providing dynamic special subframe allocation in heterogeneous wireless communication systems.
- Example embodiments of the invention may be implemented using various physical layer modulation and transmission mechanisms.
- Example transmission mechanisms may include, but are not limited to: CDMA (code division multiple access), OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing), TDMA (time division multiple access), Wavelet technologies, and/or the like.
- Hybrid transmission mechanisms such as TDMA/CDMA, and OFDM/CDMA may also be employed.
- Various modulation schemes may be applied for signal transmission in the physical layer. Examples of modulation schemes include, but are not limited to: phase, amplitude, code, a combination of these, and/or the like.
- An example radio transmission method may implement QAM (quadrature amplitude modulation) using
- Physical radio transmission may be enhanced by dynamically or semi-dynamically changing the modulation and coding scheme depending on transmission requirements and radio conditions.
- FIG. 1 is a diagram depicting example sets of OFDM subcarriers as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
- arrow(s) in the diagram may depict a subcarrier in a multicarrier OFDM system.
- the OFDM system may use technology such as OFDM technology, SC-OFDM (single carrier-OFDM) technology, or the like.
- arrow 101 shows a subcarrier transmitting information symbols.
- FIG. 1 is for illustration purposes, and a typical multicarrier OFDM system may include more subcarriers in a carrier.
- the number of subcarriers in a carrier may be in the range of 10 to 10,000 subcarriers.
- FIG. 1 shows two guard bands 106 and 107 in a transmission band.
- guard band 106 is between subcarriers 103 and subcarriers 104.
- the example set of subcarriers A 102 includes subcarriers 103 and subcarriers 104.
- FIG. 1 also illustrates an example set of subcarriers B 105. As illustrated, there is no guard band between any two subcarriers in the example set of subcarriers B 105.
- Carriers in a multicarrier OFDM communication system may be contiguous carriers, noncontiguous carriers, or a combination of both contiguous and non-contiguous carriers.
- FIG. 2 is a diagram depicting an example transmission time and reception time for two carriers as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
- a multicarrier OFDM communication system may include one or more carriers, for example, ranging from 1 to 10 carriers.
- Carrier A 204 and carrier B 205 may have the same or different timing structures. Although FIG. 2 shows two synchronized carriers, carrier A 204 and carrier B 205 may or may not be synchronized with each other.
- Different radio frame structures may be supported for FDD (frequency division duplex) and TDD (time division duplex) duplex mechanisms.
- FIG. 2 shows an example FDD frame timing. Downlink and uplink transmissions may be organized into radio frames 201. In this example, radio frame duration is 10 msec.
- each 10 ms radio frame 201 may be divided into ten equally sized sub-frames 202. Other subframe durations such as including 0.5 msec, 1 msec, 2 msec, and 5 msec may also be supported.
- Sub-frame(s) may consist of two or more slots 206. For the example of FDD, 10 subframes may be available for downlink transmission and 10 subframes may be available for uplink transmissions in each 10 ms interval. Uplink and downlink transmissions may be separated in the frequency domain.
- Slot(s) may include a plurality of OFDM symbols 203. The number of OFDM symbols 203 in a slot 206 may depend on the cyclic prefix length and subcarrier spacing.
- each 10 ms radio frame may include two half-frames of 5 ms each.
- Half-frame(s) may include eight slots of length 0.5 ms and three special fields: DwPTS (Downlink Pilot Time Slot), GP (Guard Period) and UpPTS (Uplink Pilot Time Slot).
- the length of DwPTS and UpPTS may be configurable subject to the total length of DwPTS, GP and UpPTS being equal to 1ms. Both 5ms and 10ms switch-point periodicity may be supported.
- subframe 1 in all configurations and subframe 6 in configurations with 5ms switch-point periodicity may include DwPTS, GP and UpPTS.
- Subframe 6 in configurations with 10ms switch-point periodicity may include DwPTS.
- Other subframes may include two equally sized slots.
- GP may be employed for downlink to uplink transition.
- Other subframes/fields may be assigned for either downlink or uplink transmission.
- Other frame structures in addition to the above two frame structures may also be supported, for example in one example embodiment the frame duration may be selected dynamically based on the packet sizes.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram depicting OFDM radio resources as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
- the resource grid structure in time 304 and frequency 305 is illustrated in FIG. 3.
- the quantity of downlink subcarriers or resource blocks (RB) may depend, at least in part, on the downlink transmission bandwidth 306 configured in the cell.
- the smallest radio resource unit may be called a resource element (e.g. 301).
- Resource elements may be grouped into resource blocks (e.g. 302).
- Resource blocks may be grouped into larger radio resources called Resource Block Groups (RBG) (e.g. 303).
- the transmitted signal in slot 206 may be described by one or several resource grids of a plurality of subcarriers and a plurality of OFDM symbols.
- Resource blocks may be used to describe the mapping of certain physical channels to resource elements. Other pre-defined groupings of physical resource elements may be implemented in the system depending on the radio technology. For example, 24 subcarriers may be grouped as a radio block for a duration of 5 msec.
- Physical and virtual resource blocks may be defined.
- a physical resource block may be defined as N consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain and M consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, wherein M and N are integers.
- a physical resource block may include MxN resource elements.
- a resource block may correspond to one slot in the time domain and 180 kHz in the frequency domain (for 15 KHz subcarrier bandwidth and 12 subcarriers).
- a virtual resource block may be of the same size as a physical resource block.
- Various types of virtual resource blocks may be defined (e.g. virtual resource blocks of localized type and virtual resource blocks of distributed type). For various types of virtual resource blocks, a pair of virtual resource blocks over two slots in a subframe may be assigned together by a single virtual resource block number. Virtual resource blocks of localized type may be mapped directly to physical resource blocks such that sequential virtual resource block k corresponds to physical resource block k.
- virtual resource blocks of distributed type may be mapped to physical resource blocks according to a predefined table or a predefined formula.
- Various configurations for radio resources may be supported under an OFDM framework, for example, a resource block may be defined as including the subcarriers in the entire band for an allocated time duration.
- FIG. 4 is an example block diagram of a base station 401 and a wireless device 406, as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
- a communication network 400 may include at least one base station 401 and at least one wireless device 406.
- the base station 401 may include at least one communication interface 402, at least one processor 403, and at least one set of program code instructions 405 stored in non-transitory memory 404 and executable by the at least one processor 403.
- the wireless device 406 may include at least one communication interface 407, at least one processor 408, and at least one set of program code instructions 410 stored in non- transitory memory 409 and executable by the at least one processor 408.
- Communication interface 402 in base station 401 may be configured to engage in communication with communication interface 407 in wireless device 406 via a
- Wireless link 411 may be a bi-directional link.
- Communication interface 407 in wireless device 406 may also be configured to engage in a communication with communication interface 402 in base station 401.
- Base station 401 and wireless device 406 may be configured to send and receive data over wireless link 411 using multiple frequency carriers.
- transceiver(s) may be employed.
- a transceiver is a device that includes both a transmitter and receiver. Transceivers may be employed in devices such as wireless devices, base stations, relay nodes, and/or the like.
- Example embodiments for radio technology implemented in communication interface 402, 407 and wireless link 411 are illustrated are FIG. 1, FIG. 2, and FIG. 3. and associated text.
- FIG. 5 is a block diagram depicting a system 500 for transmitting data traffic generated by a wireless device 502 to a server 508 over a multicarrier OFDM radio according to one aspect of the illustrative embodiments.
- the system 500 may include a Wireless Cellular Network/Internet Network 507, which may function to provide connectivity between one or more wireless devices 502 (e.g., a cell phone, PDA (personal digital assistant), other wirelessly-equipped device, and/or the like), one or more servers 508 (e.g. multimedia server, application servers, email servers, or database servers) and/or the like.
- wireless devices 502 e.g., a cell phone, PDA (personal digital assistant), other wirelessly-equipped device, and/or the like
- servers 508 e.g. multimedia server, application servers, email servers, or database servers
- the access network may include a plurality of base stations 503... 504.
- Base station 503 ... 504 of the access network may function to transmit and receive RF (radio frequency) radiation 505 ... 506 at one or more carrier frequencies, and the RF radiation may provide one or more air interfaces over which the wireless device 502 may communicate with the base stations 503 ... 504.
- the user 501 may use the wireless device ( or UE: user equipment) to receive data traffic, such as one or more multimedia files, data files, pictures, video files, or voice mails, etc.
- the wireless device 502 may include applications such as web email, email applications, upload and ftp applications, MMS (multimedia messaging system) applications, or file sharing applications.
- the wireless device 502 may automatically send traffic to a server 508 without direct involvement of a user. For example, consider a wireless camera with automatic upload feature, or a video camera uploading videos to the remote server 508, or a personal computer equipped with an application transmitting traffic to a remote server.
- One or more base stations 503 ... 504 may define a corresponding wireless coverage area.
- the RF radiation 505 ... 506 of the base stations 503 ... 504 may carry communications between the Wireless Cellular Network/Internet Network 507 and access device 502 according to any of a variety of protocols.
- RF radiation 505 ... 506 may carry communications according to WiMAX (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access e.g., IEEE 802.16), LTE (long term evolution), microwave, satellite, MMDS (Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service), Wi-Fi (e.g., IEEE 802.11), Bluetooth, infrared, and other protocols now known or later developed.
- WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
- LTE long term evolution
- microwave satellite
- MMDS Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service
- Wi-Fi e.g., IEEE 802.11
- Bluetooth infrared
- the communication between the wireless device 502 and the server 508 may be enabled by any networking and transport technology for example TCP/IP (transport control protocol/Internet protocol), RTP (real time protocol), RTCP (real time control protocol), HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) or any other networking protocol.
- TCP/IP transport control protocol/Internet protocol
- RTP real time protocol
- RTCP real time control protocol
- HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol
- an LTE network may include many base stations, providing a user plane (PDCP: packet data convergence protocol/RLC: radio link control/MAC: media access control/PHY: physical) and control plane (RRC: radio resource control) protocol terminations towards the wireless device.
- the base station(s) may be interconnected with other base station(s) by means of an X2 interface.
- the base stations may also be connected by means of an S 1 interface to an EPC (Evolved Packet Core).
- EPC Evolved Packet Core
- the base stations may be interconnected to the MME (Mobility Management Entity) by means of the Sl-MME interface and to the Serving Gateway (S-GW) by means of the Sl-U interface.
- MME Mobility Management Entity
- S-GW Serving Gateway
- the SI interface may support a many-to-many relation between MMEs / Serving Gateways and base stations.
- a base station may include many sectors for example: 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6 sectors.
- a base station may include many cells, for example, ranging from 1 to 50 cells or more.
- a cell may be categorized, for example, as a primary cell or secondary cell.
- a wireless device may have one RRC connection with the network.
- one serving cell may provide the NAS (non-access stratum) mobility information (e.g. TAI-tracking area identifier), and at RRC connection re- establishment/handover, one serving cell may provide the security input.
- This cell may be referred to as the Primary Cell (PCell).
- the carrier corresponding to the PCell may be the Downlink Primary Component Carrier (DL PCC), while in the uplink, it may be the Uplink Primary Component Carrier (UL PCC).
- DL PCC Downlink Primary Component Carrier
- U PCC Uplink Primary Component Carrier
- SCells Secondary Cells
- DL SCC Downlink Secondary Component Carrier
- UL SCC Uplink Secondary Component Carrier
- An SCell may or may not have an uplink carrier.
- a cell comprising a downlink carrier and optionally an uplink carrier, is assigned a physical cell ID and a cell index.
- a carrier (downlink or uplink) belongs to only one cell, the cell ID or Cell index may also identify the downlink carrier or uplink carrier of the cell
- cell ID may be equally referred to a carrier ID, and cell index may be referred to carrier index.
- the physical cell ID or cell index may be assigned to a cell. Cell ID may be determined using the
- Cell index may be determined using RRC messages.
- a first physical cell ID for a first downlink carrier it may mean the first physical cell ID is for a cell comprising the first downlink carrier.
- carrier activation when the specification indicates that a first carrier is activated, it equally means that the cell comprising the first carrier is activated.
- Embodiments may be configured to operate as needed.
- the disclosed mechanism may be performed when certain criteria are met, for example, in wireless device, base station, radio environment, network, a combination of the above, and/or the like.
- Example criteria may be based, at least in part, on for example, traffic load, initial system set up, packet sizes, traffic characteristics, a combination of the above, and/or the like.
- the example embodiments may be applied. Therefore, it may be possible to implement example embodiments that selectively implement disclosed protocols.
- FIG. 6 shows an example heterogeneous network in an example embodiment.
- the coverage and capacity of macro base station 601 may be extended by the utilization of base stations with lower transmit power.
- Micro, Pico, femto and relay nodes are examples of low power base stations.
- pico base stations (or pico-cell) 602, 603, and 607 may have transmit power ranges from approximately 200 mW to approximately 5 W.
- Macro base stations may have a transmit power that typically varies between 5 and 100 W.
- Femto base stations (or femto-cells) may be used for local services such as in indoor services, and their transmit power may be approximately 200 mW or less.
- Femto or pico base stations 605, 606 may be configured with a restricted subscriber group that may allow access only to its closed subscriber group (CSG) members. Such femto or pico base stations may be referred to as closed femtos or picos. Femto or pico base stations may also be configured as open femtos 604 or picos 602, 603. Relay Nodes (e.g.
- Femto cells may be classified as open or closed depending on whether the femto cells allow access to all, or to a restricted set of wireless devices. Closed femtos may restrict the access to a closed subscriber group (CSG). Open femtos may be similar to pico-cells, but may use the network backhaul provided by the home network. A femto cell may also be a hybrid, whereby many wireless devices may have access, but with lower priority for the wireless devices that do not belong to the femto's subscriber group. Closed femtos may not allow access to wireless devices, and may become a source of interference to those wireless devices.
- CSG closed subscriber group
- Open femtos may be similar to pico-cells, but may use the network backhaul provided by the home network.
- a femto cell may also be a hybrid, whereby many wireless devices may have access, but with lower priority for the wireless devices that do not belong to the femto's
- Co-channel deployments of closed femtos may cause coverage holes and hence outage of a size proportional to the transmit power of the femto-cell.
- Femto-cells may or may not have an X2 interface.
- OAM-based or X2 based techniques in conjunction with possibly autonomous power control techniques may be used for interference management with femto cells depending on the existence of a femto X2 interface. These techniques may reduce the outage and/or interference that these network nodes cause around them and enable reception of the signal from the macro-cell in close proximity to the closed femto.
- Co-channel deployment of low-power nodes and high power nodes may introduce new challenges.
- the introduction of low-power nodes in a macro network may create an imbalance between uplink and downlink coverage. Due to the larger transmit power of the macro base station, the handover boundary may be shifted closer to the low-power node. This shift may lead to severe uplink interference problems as wireless devices served by macro base stations create strong interference to the low-power nodes.
- Low-power nodes may become underutilized due to geographic changes in data traffic demand.
- the limited coverage of low-power nodes may be a reason for limited performance gain in heterogeneous networks.
- Some of the deployed femto cells may have enforced restricted associations, which may create a coverage hole and may exacerbate the interference problem.
- FIG. 7 illustrates a few example interference scenarios in an example embodiment.
- the solid arrow shows the desired signal, and the arrow with the dashed line shows the unwanted interference.
- Wireless device 701 may not be a member of CSG cell 705 and may be roaming in the coverage area of femto-cell 705. It may receive the signal from macro base station 708, and may receive high interference from CSG pico-cell 705.
- wireless device 702 may not be a member of CSG cell 706 and may be roaming in the coverage area of femto-cell 706.
- the wireless device 702 may transmit a signal to base station 708 in the macro base station uplink channel.
- the wireless device 702 may create high interference for femto-cell 706.
- the wireless device 703 may not be a member of CSG cell 707 and may be roaming in the coverage area of femto-cell 707.
- the wireless device 703 may be a member of CSG femto-cell 706 and may a transmit signal to femto-cell 706.
- the wireless device 703 may create high interference for femto-cell 707.
- the wireless device 704 may be in the cell coverage edge of pico-cell 709.
- the wireless device 704 may receive a signal from pico-cell 709.
- the wireless device 704 may also receive high interference from macro base station 708. As shown in these examples, in order to cope with the interference, it may be required to introduce techniques that may adequately address these issues.
- a new physical layer design in LTE networks may allow for flexible time and frequency resource partitioning. This added flexibility may enable macro- and femto/picocells to assign different time-frequency resource blocks within a carrier or different carriers (if available) to their respective wireless devices. This is one of the inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC) techniques and may be used on a downlink or an uplink to mitigate interference. With additional complexity, joint processing of serving and interfering base station signals may further improve the performance of heterogeneous networks.
- ICIC inter-cell interference coordination
- cell range expansion through handover biasing and resource partitioning among different node power classes may decrease interference.
- the biasing mechanism may allow for load balancing.
- the network may control the number of wireless devices associated with the low-power nodes and therefore control traffic demand at those nodes.
- Resource partitioning which may be adaptive, may allow configuration and adjustment of interference protected resources, enabling wireless devices in a cell's expanded area to receive data. Resource partitioning techniques may mitigate uplink and downlink interference and allow non-CSG member wireless devices to receive service when in proximity of closed femto-base stations.
- the network nodes may be deployed in the same frequency layer. Deploying low-power nodes at the same frequency layer as the (high-power) macro-cells may present interference problems in the case of closed femtos. Also, for the case of open access nodes (open femtos, pico-cells, and RNs), the coverage of the low-power nodes may be overshadowed by the transmissions of the high-power nodes. Interference
- an interference management scheme may adapt to different traffic loads and different numbers of low-power nodes at various geographical areas.
- resource partitioning may be employed for interference management in co-channel deployments.
- resource partitioning may be paired with interference-cancellation-capable wireless devices. Similar approaches may be applied to micro, pico, femto, and relay nodes. Each node may have its own caveats.
- the X2 backhaul link between the macro and relay base stations may be over an LTE air interface.
- closed femto cells may create their own interference challenges. Femto base stations may lack an X2 interface and employ static or dynamic interference management methods using OAM-based or similar solutions.
- adaptive interference management in LTE may be enabled through X2 backhaul coordination of resources used for scheduling data traffic.
- the granularity of the negotiated resource may be a subframe.
- One of the various motivations behind resource partitioning may be to control interference and/or enable cell range expansion through cell biasing.
- cell range expansion may be enabled to improve system capacity, and a cell bias may be applied to low-power nodes.
- the bias value may refer to a threshold that triggers a handover between two cells.
- a positive bias may enable a wireless device to be handed over to a pico-cell when the difference in the signal strength from the macro- and pico-cells drop below a bias value.
- the high-power node may inform the low-power node (pico base station) of which resources may be utilized for scheduling macro wireless device and which subframes would remain unutilized (almost blank subframes).
- Low-power nodes may be made aware of the interference pattern from a high-power base station and may schedule a wireless device in the cell extended areas on subframes protected from high-power interference. That is, subframes corresponding to almost blank subframes at the high-power base station.
- the X2 interface may enable direct base station to base station interface for inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC).
- Co-channel deployments of heterogeneous networks may require coordination of almost blank subframes. Almost blank subframes may reduce the interference created by the transmitting node while providing full legacy support.
- base station On almost blank subframes, base station may not schedule unicast traffic while it may transmit acquisition channels and common reference signal to provide legacy support.
- FIG. 8 shows an example almost blank subframe.
- CRS R0, Rl, R2, R3 signals
- the interfering base station may still transmit PSS, SSS, PBCH, and RSs to support legacy terminals. Some interference still may exist.
- no data may be transmitted in almost blank subframes or data may be transmitted at a substantially lower power in almost blank subframes.
- Interference coordination using almost blank subframes may be performed by means of a bitmap. Each bit in the bitmap may be mapped to a single subframe. The size of the bitmap may be, for example, 40 bits, resulting in the interference pattern repeating itself after 40 ms.
- FIG. 9 shows an example almost blank subframe configuration in an example embodiment. In this example embodiment, no data may be scheduled in almost blank subframes (ABS). In another embodiment, data may be scheduled in almost blank subframes at a substantially lower power.
- Subframes 901, 902, 903, and 904 may be configured as ABS in the macro base station. When a macro base station transmits an almost blank subframe, data may not be scheduled in that subframe (or data may be transmitted at a substantially lower power).
- Subframes 905 and 906 may be configured as ABS in the femto base station.
- the femto base station transmits an almost blank subframe data may not be scheduled in that subframe (or data may be transmitted at a substantially lower power). This may increase coverage allowed for the macro base station or the neighboring femto base stations.
- the almost blank subframe pattern may be repeated every 10 msec. This is just an example and various configurations may be possible.
- the almost blank subframe configuration may be changed dynamically according to load and traffic, time of the day, or many other parameters.
- the pattern may change as often as every 40 ms.
- the communication between nodes may be peer to peer. Or it may be in a master-slave relationship.
- the node creating dominant interference conditions may control which resources may be used to serve wireless devices in the cell range extension area.
- a macro base station may be a master, and a pico base station may be a slave since cell range expansion would most frequently be established for pico base stations.
- the cell range expansion may be desirable for a macro base station as well.
- a use case for cell range expansion at the macro base station may be to reduce the number of handovers.
- the number of handovers in the network may become a problem, for example when in the deployment of pico base stations the cells become small.
- the same resource partitioning schemes may then be utilized to allow high mobility macro wireless devices to remain attached to a macro-cell while deep inside coverage of a pico-cell.
- the pico base station may restrict scheduling data traffic on some resources, allowing coverage for high- mobility macro wireless devices.
- subframe resource partitioning may create an interference pattern that may require a new radio resource measurement paradigm.
- dominant interference may potentially vary from one subframe to the other, in order to ensure radio resource management measurement accuracy, it may be needed to restrict measurements to a desired set of subframes.
- anchor interference-protected resources may be utilized for radio resource measurement.
- the 40-bit bitmap may include indications of which subframes may have static protection from interference and therefore may be suitable for measurements. The remaining resources may change more often.
- the serving base station may inform a wireless device of the set of subframes to which the wireless device measurement may be restricted.
- a set of subframes may be configured for radio link monitoring and to check if the current connection is reliable enough.
- the same or a different set of subframes may be introduced for radio resource management, for example, a handover decision.
- An additional set of subframes may be signaled for the measurement for some neighboring base stations. This configuration may be relatively static and may not change rapidly.
- Another set of subframes may be configured in the wireless device for channel state information reporting and link adaptation. Two sets of subframes may be signaled to a wireless device for two different channel state information types. For example, one may be for almost blank subframes, and the other may be for normal subframes. This configuration may change dynamically depending on the network configuration.
- FIG. 10 illustrates example channel state information bitmaps and an example radio link management bitmap.
- Subframe 1001 (subframe 3) is semi-statically configured as ABS and therefore it is used for radio link management in a wireless device in a victim base station.
- Subframes 1002, 1003, and 1004 (subframes 1, 6, and 8) are dynamically configured as ABS subframes.
- CSI bitmap 1 is used for a first channel state information measurement and CSI bitmap 2 is used for a second channel state information measurement.
- CSI bitmap 1 is used for a first channel state information measurement
- CSI bitmap 2 is used for a second channel state information measurement.
- This is an example, and various configurations and bitmap lengths, such as 40 bits or 70 bits, may also be supported.
- a static OAM-based or similar solution may be employed. The same principle of extending coverage of one cell into the area covered by the other may be achieved. In this case, it may be the macro-cell service that needs to be extended into an area covered by the closed f
- the resource partitioning may reduce interference from the data channel. Interference from the acquisition channels and CRS signal may remain, since these signals may be transmitted for backward compatibility reasons. Subframe time shifting may be utilized in FDD systems to reduce collision of the acquisition channels between base stations of different power classes that require partitioning, but may not be employed in TDD systems.
- Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be needed for cell range expansion to enable the wireless device to detect and acquire a weak cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be needed for handover and cell range expansion.
- CRS interference mitigation may improve system performance.
- CRS interference may degrade turbo code performance and the overall signal-to-interference-plus-noise radio (SINR). Therefore, the potential gains of cell range expansion may be reduced. Given that acquisition channels and CRS may be broadcast at high power targeting wireless devices at the cell edge, a robust wireless device solution is feasible.
- SINR signal-to-interference-plus-noise radio
- interference may be estimated and subtracted so that in the end it may not represent significant interference.
- Acquisition channels may be transmitted at the same location in cells, which means that the acquisition channels interference may comprise acquisition channels from neighboring interfering cells.
- This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller.
- a wireless device receiver first may decode the strongest signal, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
- a similar procedure may be performed to remove CRS interference.
- the difference may be that CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high-power and low-power nodes may be reduced by CRS tone shifting.
- the procedure may be similar. If strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted.
- RRC messages are used to configure wireless device configuration parameters related to almost blank configuration and measurements.
- An example RRC message configuration in an example embodiment is described in the following paragraphs.
- a subframe pattern bitmap may indicate the time domain measurement resource restriction pattern for primary or secondary carrier measurements (RSRP, RSRQ and the radio link monitoring).
- the bitmap length may be, for example, 40 bits.
- Another subframe bitmap may configure neighbor measurement patterns.
- a neighbor measurement bitmap along with the list of cells for which the neighbor measurement bitmap is applied may be transmitted to the wireless device. If the list of cells is not included, the wireless device may apply time domain measurement resource restrictions for neighbor cells. Time domain measurement resource restriction patterns may be applicable to neighbor cell RSRP and RSRQ measurements on a carrier frequency indicated by RRC.
- two CSI subframe pattern configuration bitmaps may be transmitted to the wireless device.
- Each bit map may be 40 bits long.
- the CSI configuration may include a channel quality index, a rank indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a combination thereof, or the like.
- a base station may broadcast an ABS subframe configuration employing MBSFN (multi-cast, broadcast, single frequency network) subframe configuration broadcast or unicast messages.
- An example broadcast message is an RRC system information block.
- MBSFN or ABS subframe configurations may include a radio frame allocation period, a radio frame allocation offset, a subframe allocation bitmap, any combination of these parameters, or the like.
- a radio frame allocation period may be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 frames.
- a radio frame allocation offset may be a number between 1 to 7 subframes.
- a subframe allocation bitmap may define the subframes that are allocated for MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radio frame allocation period and the radio frame allocation offset.
- a subframe allocation bitmap for one frame may be six bits long and for four frames may be 24 bits long.
- a "1" may denote that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN/ABS.
- the bitmap may be interpreted as follows: For FDD: Starting from the first radio frame and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation may apply to subframes #1, #2, #3 , #6, #7, and #8 in the sequence of the four radio-frames.
- TDD Starting from the first radio frame and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames. The last four bits may not be used. Uplink subframes may not be allocated.
- an MBSFN subframe configuration may be used to introduce ABS subframes and subframes used for scheduling release 10 or above wireless devices.
- an MBSFN configuration may introduce subframe 1, 3, 6 and 8 as MBSFN subframes in a frame. Then MBSFN subframe 1 may be used for scheduling release 10 or above wireless devices, and MBSFN subframe 3, 6, and 8 may be used as almost blank subframes. Therefore, as seen in this example, MBSFN configuration may indicate other types of subframes in addition to almost blank subframes.
- a base station may use one or many of MBSFN subframes for broadcasting or multicasting services.
- ABS subframes may be called special subframes.
- special subframes may be configured for the primary carrier (cell) as well as one or more secondary carriers (cells).
- the configuration parameters for the measurement parameters of the secondary carrier(s) may employ the bitmaps with the same length and format of the configuration parameters of the primary carrier.
- the configuration parameters of special subframes for one or more secondary carriers may be the same as the configuration parameters for the special subframe configuration of the primary carrier.
- non-backward compatible carriers may be configured with special subframes.
- no common reference signal may be transmitted during the special subframe.
- data and reference signals in a non-backward compatible carrier special subframe may be transmitted at a substantially lower power to ensure that no interference (to other cells) is observed during the special subframe.
- Example embodiments of the invention may enable special subframe allocation in wireless communication systems.
- Other example embodiments may comprise a non-transitory tangible computer readable media comprising instructions executable by one or more processors to cause special subframe allocation in wireless communication systems.
- Yet other example embodiments may comprise an article of manufacture that comprises a non-transitory tangible computer readable machine-accessible medium having instructions encoded thereon for enabling programmable hardware to cause a device (e.g. wireless communicator, UE, base station, etc.) to enable special subframes allocation.
- the device may include processors, memory, interfaces, and/or the like.
- Other example embodiments may comprise
- communication networks comprising devices such as base stations, wireless devices (or user equipment: UE), servers, switches, antennas, and/or the like.
- devices such as base stations, wireless devices (or user equipment: UE), servers, switches, antennas, and/or the like.
- a network may comprise a plurality of base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- a first base station may comprise a communication interface, a processor, and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause the first base station to perform certain functions. According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may transmit a first message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first message may comprise an initial subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial plurality of subframes.
- the initial plurality of subframes may comprise an initial plurality of special subframes.
- the first base station may transmit a second message.
- the second message may comprise an updated subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated plurality of special subframes.
- the updated plurality of special subframes may comprise a smaller number of special subframes than the initial plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe (non-special subframe).
- Non-special subframes may also be called regular subframes. Data and reference signals during a special subframe may be transmitted at a substantially lower power to ensure that no interference (to other cells) is observed during the special subframe.
- the first base station may transmit a first message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first message may comprise an initial subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial plurality of subframes.
- the initial plurality of subframes may comprise an initial plurality of special subframes.
- the first base station may transmit a second message.
- the second message may comprise an updated subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated plurality of special subframes.
- the updated plurality of special subframes may comprise a greater number of special subframes than the initial plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- the first base station may transmit a first message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first message may comprise at least one of the following: a) an initial subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) an initial subframe allocation offset i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) an initial subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l ⁇ k ⁇ n.
- the initial plurality of subframes may comprise an initial plurality of special subframes.
- the first base station may transmit a second message.
- the second message may comprise at least one of the following: a) the initial subframe allocation repetition period, b) the initial subframe allocation offset, and an updated subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated plurality of special subframes.
- the updated plurality of special subframes may comprise a smaller or greater number (respectively corresponding to increase or decrease in the number of wireless devices or the traffic load) of special subframes than the initial plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- a first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first message may comprise an initial first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial first plurality of subframes.
- the initial first plurality of subframes may comprise an initial first plurality of special subframes.
- Each of at least one second base station may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second message may comprise an initial second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial second plurality of subframes.
- the initial second plurality of subframes may comprise an initial second plurality of special subframes.
- There may be a coverage overlap between the first base station and each of the at least one second base station.
- the first base station may transmit a third message.
- the third message may comprise an updated first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated first plurality of subframes.
- the updated first plurality of subframes may comprise an updated first plurality of special subframes.
- the updated first plurality of special subframes may comprise a smaller or greater number (respectively corresponding to increase or decrease in the number of wireless devices or the traffic load) of special subframes than the initial first plurality of special subframes.
- Each of the at least one second base station may transmit a fourth message.
- the fourth message may comprise an updated second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated second plurality of subframes.
- the updated second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated second plurality of special subframes.
- the updated second plurality of special subframes may comprise a greater or smaller number (respectively corresponding to increase or decrease in the number of wireless devices or the traffic load) of special subframes than the initial second plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe (called non-special subframes or regular subframes).
- a network comprises a plurality of base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) and may be further divided into N subframes. N is an integer greater than one.
- SFN system frame number
- a first base station may transmit a first message to a fist plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first message may comprise at least one of the following: a) an initial first subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) an initial first subframe allocation offset i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) an initial first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial first plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l ⁇ k ⁇ n.
- the initial first plurality of subframes may comprise an initial first plurality of special subframes.
- Each of at least one second base station may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second message may comprise at least one of the following: a) the initial first subframe allocation repetition period, b) the initial first subframe allocation offset, and c) an initial second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial second plurality of subframes.
- the initial second plurality of subframes may comprise an initial second plurality of special subframes. There is a coverage overlap between the first base station and each of the at least one second base station.
- the first base station may transmit a third message.
- the third message may comprise an updated first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated first plurality of subframes.
- the updated first plurality of subframes may comprise an updated first plurality of special subframes.
- the updated first plurality of special subframes may comprise a smaller or greater number (respectively corresponding to increase or decrease in the number of wireless devices or the traffic load) of special subframes than the initial first plurality of special subframes.
- Each of the at least one second base station may transmit a fourth message.
- the fourth message may comprise an updated second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated second plurality of subframes.
- the updated second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated second plurality of special subframes.
- the updated second plurality of special subframes may comprise a greater or smaller
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- a base station transmits a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe.
- Example embodiments enable dynamic configuration of special subframes and dynamic adaptation of special subframes in one or more base stations to adapt to changes in the traffic load of one or more base stations.
- Such a dynamic configuration may increase air interface and backhaul overhead.
- Additional overhead in signaling may include additional RRC messages and additional X2 application protocol messages.
- the gains in air interface efficiency maybe due to reduction in the special subframes in some of the cells with relatively high load. This may reduce the packet congestion in those cells and reduce packet transmission delay and/or packet loss and may increase cell throughput.
- Some of the network simulations/analysis shows that the benefits in air interface efficiency gains may be more than the negative impact due to additional overhead.
- the example embodiments may add additional complexity in network operations, but instead it may increase the overall spectral efficiency in the network.
- the dynamic operation may be triggered when the load is decreased by an amount greater than a load value or decreases by an amount greater than a load value. Therefore, the operation may be performed selectively, by one or more base stations, and may be communicated to one or more other base stations.
- This dynamic configuration is different from other methods employed to increase cell capacity. It may require transmission and reception of additional RRC reconfiguration messages to reconfigure the air interface parameters in wireless devices in the coverage area and may require transmission and reception of additional X2 interface messages to other base stations.
- the third message and the fourth message may comprise the initial first subframe allocation repetition period and the initial first subframe allocation offset.
- Base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second initial plurality of special subframes.
- Base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second updated plurality of special subframes.
- n may be equal to 2 wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
- i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 and i may be smaller than n.
- k may be equal to one or four.
- N may be equal to ten.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may comprise at least one carrier.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10.
- p may be equal to 8.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2 ⁇ m_p) frames. The timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-p least significant bits.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the same system frame number if the frames are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- the (m-p) least significant bits of the system frame number may be broadcast by encoding control blocks in the physical broadcast channel over 2 ⁇ m_p) frames. Sequential position of the encoded control blocks determining the (m-p) least significant bits.
- special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number one, two, three, six, seven, and eight in each frame, wherein subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero.
- special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number three, four, seven, eight and nine in each frame, wherein subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero.
- the first message, the second message, and the fourth message may be broadcasted using physical downlink shared channel.
- the first message, the second message, and the fourth message may be broadcasted using system information blocks.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- the first base station may transmit a plurality of unicast messages to a subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
- the plurality of unicast messages may configure at least one of the following: a) measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices, and b) measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
- the traffic carried by the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases.
- the first base station may transmit a message to each of the at least one second base station.
- the message may comprise a first pattern bitmap indicating the updated first special subframe allocation.
- the message may further comprise a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of the special subframes indicated by the first pattern bitmap used to configure measurement parameters for a subset of the second plurality of wireless devices.
- Each of the at least one second base station may acknowledge the receipt of the message.
- the first base station may have a substantially higher transmit power than each of the at least one second base station.
- the updated first plurality of special subframes may be a subset of the initial first plurality of special subframes.
- the initial second plurality of special subframes may be a subset of the updated second plurality of special subframes.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may configure the initial and updated second plurality of special subframes based on messages received from the first base station on an X2 interface between the first base station and each of the plurality of second base stations.
- the first plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 and beyond devices.
- the second plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices.
- the initial first subframe allocation bitmap, the updated first subframe allocation bitmap, the initial second subframe allocation bitmap, and the updated second subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long.
- An example of special subframes is almost blank subframe.
- a network may comprise a plurality of base stations.
- a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially different power than a plurality of second base stations. This may result in the first base station being in a different power class.
- the first base station may be of a different base station type than the second base stations.
- the base station type may be one of the following: femto base station type, pico base station type, micro base station type, macro base station type, relay type, and/or the like.
- Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations and the first base station may provide overlapping coverage in at least a region in the service area of the network.
- each of the plurality of second base stations may configure a second plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second message may comprise a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe (may be called non-special subframes or regular subframes).
- the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- the first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first message may comprise a first subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes.
- the first plurality of subframes may comprise a first plurality of special subframes.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second message may comprise a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes.
- All the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- the first plurality of special subframes and the second plurality of special subframes may not substantially overlap in time (may be two sets of disjoint subframes or equally may not share the same subframe).
- each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second message may comprise at least one of the following: a) a second subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a second subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l ⁇ k ⁇ n.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same second subframe allocation repetition period, the same second subframe allocation offset, and the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) and may further be divided into N subframes.
- SFN system frame number
- N is an integer greater than one.
- the first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first message may comprise at least one of the following: a) a first subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a first subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a fist subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l ⁇ k ⁇ n.
- the first plurality of subframes may comprise a first plurality of special subframes.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second message may comprise at least one of the following: a) the first subframe allocation repetition period, b) the first subframe allocation offset, and c) a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes. All the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- the first plurality of special subframes and the second plurality of special subframes may be disjoint.
- Example embodiments enable configuration of special subframes in one or more base stations. Changes in special subframe allocation in one base station may result in changes in special subframe allocation of a plurality of base stations. Such a configuration may increase air interface and backhaul overhead. Additional overhead in signaling may include additional RRC messages and additional X2 application protocol messages. The gains in air interface efficiency maybe due to reduction in inter-cell interference in the network. This may reduce interference and may reduce packet loss and may increase cell throughput. Some of the network simulations/analyses show that the benefits in air interface efficiency gains may be more than the negative impact due to additional overhead. The example embodiments may add additional complexity in network operations; instead it may increase the overall spectral efficiency in the network. Novel constraints are introduced in special subframe allocation among base stations of different types.
- a change in special subframe allocation of a high power base station may be communicated to many other low power base stations.
- Required communications between base stations are introduced to satisfy these constraints.
- These novel constraints and required communications may increase network complexity; instead they may increase network performance. Therefore, the operation may be performed selectively, by one or more base stations, and may be communicated to one or more other base stations.
- This dynamic configuration is different from other methods employed to increase cell capacity. It may require transmission and reception of additional RRC reconfiguration messages to reconfigure the air interface parameters in wireless devices in the coverage area and may require transmission and reception of additional X2 interface messages to other base stations.
- a base station may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe.
- n may be equal to 7) , wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
- i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
- i may be smaller than n.
- k may be equal to one or four.
- N may be equal to ten.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may comprise at least one carrier.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the p most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10. p may be equal to 8.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2(m-p) frames. The timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-p least significant bits.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the same system frame number if the frames are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- the (m-p) least significant bits of the system frame number may be broadcast by encoding control blocks in the physical broadcast channel over 2 ⁇ m_p) frames. Sequential position of the encoded control blocks determining the (m-p) least significant bits.
- special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number one, two, three, six, seven, and eight in each frame. Subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero.
- special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number three, four, seven, eight and nine in each frame. Subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero.
- the first message and the second message may be broadcasted using physical downlink shared channel.
- the first message and the second message may be broadcasted using system information blocks.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- a base station may transmit a plurality of unicast messages to a subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
- the plurality of unicast messages may configure: a) measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices, or b) measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
- the first base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the first plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may increase the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After an increase in the traffic load of the first base station by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the first base station by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may increase the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. The traffic carried by the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases.
- the first base station may transmit a message to each of the at least one second base station.
- the message may comprise a first pattern bitmap indicating the first special subframe allocation.
- the message may further comprise a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of the special subframes indicated by the first pattern bitmap used to configure measurement parameters for a subset of the second plurality of wireless devices.
- Each of the at least one second base station acknowledges the receipt of the message.
- the first base station has a substantially higher transmit power than each of the plurality of second base stations.
- Frame and subframe transmission of the first base station and each of the second plurality of base stations may be substantially synchronized.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may configure the second plurality of special subframes based on messages received from the first base station on an X2 interface between the first base station and each of the plurality of second base stations.
- the first plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 and beyond wireless devices.
- the second plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices.
- the first subframe allocation bitmap and the second subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long.
- a network comprises a plurality of base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN). In an example embodiment, each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit the system frame number. Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID. The transmission of the synchronization signals may be substantially time aligned among the plurality of base stations. Transmission of the synchronization signal of each base station in the plurality of base stations are substantially time aligned with transmission of other synchronization signals of other base stations in the plurality of base station.
- SFN system frame number
- All the base stations in the plurality of base stations may transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- the term substantially may be employed to show that the synchronization may not be perfect due to inherent synchronization errors or inaccuracy in the synchronization mechanism.
- phrases such as "each base station in a plurality of base stations,” “all base station in a plurality of base stations,” or the like refer to select base stations that are similarly configured in a group of base stations. It is possible that there may be more base stations in a network that are configured to perform differently. In those cases, the phrases do not necessarily include those differently configured base stations. Additionally, similar phrases that refer to other devices such as wireless devices, etc. may also have a similar interpretation. For example, in a give network, there may be a base station in the network that is not synchronized with other base stations, and therefore may not be considered in the set of the plurality of base stations.
- each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN).
- SFN system frame number
- Each frame may be further divided into a plurality of subframes.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame may transmit the system frame number.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame may transmit a synchronization signal indicating a cell (carrier) ID.
- the transmission of the synchronization signals may be substantially time aligned among the plurality of base stations.
- the base stations transmitting in substantial time alignment during each frame in the plurality of frames, a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise at least one of: a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of p frames, wherein p is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a subframe allocation offset i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l ⁇ k ⁇ p.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe. All the base stations in the plurality of base stations may transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) represented by m bits.
- SFN system frame number
- Each frame may further be divided into a plurality of N subframes, wherein N is an integer greater than one.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame may transmit the n most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame may transmit implicitly the m-n least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2 ⁇ m_n) frames.
- the timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-n least significant bits.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may transmit a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID.
- the transmission of the synchronization signals are substantially time aligned among the plurality of base stations. All the base stations in the plurality of base stations may transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) represented by m bits.
- SFN system frame number
- Each frame may further be divided into a plurality of N subframes, wherein N is an integer greater than one.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame may transmit the n most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame may transmit implicitly the m-n least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2 (m_n) frames.
- the timing of the coded physical broadcast channel determines the m-n least significant bits.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID.
- the transmission of the synchronization signals are substantially time aligned among the plurality of base stations.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise at least one of the following: a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of p frames, wherein p is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l ⁇ k ⁇ p.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe. All the base stations in the plurality of base stations may transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- a base station, in a special subframe, may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe.
- p may be equal to 7) , wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
- i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
- i may be smaller than p.
- k may be equal to one or four.
- N may be equal to ten.
- the base station may comprise at least one carrier, m may be equal to 10.
- n may be equal to 8.
- the message may be transmitted using physical downlink shared channel.
- the message may be broadcasted using system information blocks.
- the base station may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- the base station may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- the base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may increase the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After an increase in the traffic load of the base station by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the base station by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may increase the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes.
- the traffic carried by the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases.
- the subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long.
- the synchronization signal may comprise a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal.
- the primary synchronization signal may be generated using a frequency-domain Zadoff-Chu sequence.
- the primary synchronization signal may be mapped to the last OFDM symbol in slots 0 and 10 for FDD frame structure.
- the primary synchronization signal may be mapped to the third OFDM symbol in subframes 1 and 6 for TDD frame structure.
- the secondary synchronization signal may be generated using an interleaved concatenation of two length-31 binary sequences.
- the concatenated sequence may be scrambled with a scrambling sequence given by the primary synchronization signal.
- the secondary synchronization signal may differ between subframe 0 and subframe 5.
- the first plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 and beyond wireless devices. An example of special subframes
- Example embodiments enable synchronized transmission among the base stations.
- not only frame transmissions are substantially synchronized among different base stations, but also system frame number transmissions are synchronized among different base stations.
- the same system frame number is transmitted during frames transmitted substantially synchronously.
- Different cells of the same base station and different cells belonging to different base stations may transmit the same system frame number during the same frame that is transmitted substantially at the same time.
- Example embodiments may enable an efficient configuration of special subframes in one or more base stations and/or may enable a more efficient inter-cell interference management.
- Such a complex synchronization among cells of the same base station and cells belonging to different base stations may increase backhaul overhead and network complexity.
- Additional complexity in network architecture may include additional mechanisms for frame synchronization among different base stations as well as mechanisms for synchronization in transmitting the same system frame number during synchronized frames. GPS assisted or packet based
- the synchronization mechanisms may be enhanced to include SFN synchronization among the base stations.
- the gains in air interface efficiency maybe due to reduction in inter-cell interference. This may reduce the packet loss and may increase cell throughput.
- Some of the network simulations/analysis shows that the benefits in air interface efficiency gains may be more than the negative impact due to additional network complexity and overhead.
- the example embodiments may add additional complexity in network operations, but instead it may increase the overall spectral efficiency in the air interface.
- the synchronized operation may be triggered if the advantages in SFN synchronization is more beneficial compared to disadvantages due to the additional network complexity. Therefore, the operation may be performed selectively, by one or more base stations.
- This synchronized configuration is different from other network synchronization methods employed in, for example, TDD systems. It may require transmission and reception of additional messages to ensure synchronization in system frame number transmission (the same number is transmitted during the simultaneous frames of different base stations). This mechanism may require transmission and reception of additional X2 and/or SI interface messages or additional GPS assisted mechanisms.
- a system frame number coordinator may coordinate the transmission of the same system frame number in frames of different base stations. Control messages may trigger multiple base stations to start or re-start the SFN transmission at the same time starting from the same initial number. This mechanism requires additional complexity compared with transmission of the same SFN in frames of different cells of the same base station, since it requires protocols/mechanisms for coordination among many base stations.
- additional mechanisms may be required to communicate with the new base station and ensure that the new base station transmits the same system frame number along with other base stations in the network. This may be achieved via control messages transmitted via X2 and/or SI interface.
- a system frame number coordinator may communicate/transmit messages to the existing and new base stations to synchronize SFN transmission. Distributed algorithms and/or GPS bases algorithms may also be developed to ensure SFN synchronization among base stations.
- a network comprises a plurality of base stations.
- a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially different power than a plurality of second base stations and a plurality of third base stations. This may result in the first base station being in a different power class than the plurality of second base stations and the plurality of third base stations.
- the first base station may be of a different base station type than the plurality of second base stations and the plurality of third base stations.
- Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations and the first base station may provide overlapping coverage in at least a region in the service area of the network.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations and the first base station may provide overlapping coverage in at least a region in the service area of the network.
- an example of special subframe may be the almost blank subframe.
- each of the plurality of second base stations may allow regular access to wireless devices subscribed to the network.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may configure a second plurality of special subframes.
- the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may allow regular access to only a restricted subset of wireless devices subscribed to the network, and may reject regular access to other subscribers or allow a lower priority access.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may configure a third plurality of special subframes. At least two base stations in the plurality of third base stations may identify different set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- the regular access may be the access that is due to subscription of a device in the network. In one example embodiment, for example, guest access, access with low priority, or access with no guaranteed QoS, and/or the like may not be considered a regular access.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- each of the plurality of second base stations may allow regular access to wireless devices subscribed to the network.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second message may comprise a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes.
- the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may allow regular access to only a restricted subset of wireless devices subscribed to the network.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may transmit a third message to a third plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the third message may comprise a third subframe allocation bitmap indicating a third plurality of subframes.
- the third plurality of subframes may comprise a third plurality of special subframes.
- At least two base stations in the plurality of third base stations configure different sets of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- the first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first message may comprise a first subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes.
- the first plurality of subframes may comprise a first plurality of special subframes.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may allow regular access to wireless devices subscribed to the network.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second message may comprise a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes.
- the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- the first plurality of special subframes and the second plurality of special subframes may not substantially overlap in time (may be two sets of disjoint subframes or equally may not share the same subframe).
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may allow regular access to only a restricted subset of wireless devices subscribed to the network.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may transmit a third message to a third plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the third message may comprise a third subframe allocation bitmap indicating a third plurality of subframes.
- the third plurality of subframes may comprise a third plurality of special subframes.
- At least two base stations in the plurality of third base stations may not configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- the first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first message may comprise a first subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes.
- the first plurality of subframes may comprise a first plurality of special subframes.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may allow regular access to wireless devices subscribed to the network.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second message may comprise at least one of: a) a second subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a second subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l ⁇ k ⁇ n.
- the second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes.
- the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same second subframe allocation repetition period, the same second subframe allocation offset, and the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- the first plurality of special subframes and the second plurality of special subframes are disjoint.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may allow regular access to only a restricted subset of wireless devices subscribed to the network.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may transmit a third message to a third plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the third message may comprise at least one of: the second special subframe allocation repetition period, the second special subframe allocation offset, and a third subframe allocation bitmap indicating a third plurality of subframes.
- the third plurality of subframes may comprise a third plurality of special subframes.
- At least two base stations in the plurality of third base stations may configure (identify) different sets of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
- the first message may further comprise the second special subframe allocation period and the second special subframe allocation offset.
- a base station, in a special subframe may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe.
- n may be equal to 7) , wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
- i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
- i may be smaller than n.
- k may be equal to one or four.
- N may be equal to ten.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations comprises at least one carrier.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the p most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10. p may be equal to 8.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2( m_ P) frames, wherein the timing of the coded physical broadcast channel determines the m- p least significant bits.
- the (m-n) least significant bits of the system frame number may be broadcast by encoding control blocks in the physical broadcast channel over 2 (m ⁇ n - ) frames. Sequential position of the encoded control blocks determining the (m-n) least significant bits.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the same system frame number if the frames are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number one, two, three, six, seven, and eight in each frame, wherein subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero.
- special subframes are a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number three, four, seven, eight and nine in each frame, wherein subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero.
- the first message, the second message, and the third message may be broadcasted using physical downlink shared channel.
- the first message, the second message, and the third message may be broadcasted using system information blocks.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- a base station may transmit a plurality of unicast messages to a subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
- the plurality of unicast messages may configure measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices, and/or measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
- the first base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the first plurality of wireless devices, the first base station may increase the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After an increase in the traffic load of the first base station, the first base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the first base station, the first base station may increase the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. The traffic carried by the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases.
- the first base station may transmit a message to each of the at least one second base station.
- the message may comprise a first pattern bitmap indicating the first special subframe allocation.
- the message may further comprise a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of the special subframes indicated by the first pattern bitmap used to configure measurement parameters for a subset of the second plurality of wireless devices.
- Each of the at least one second base station acknowledges the receipt of the message.
- the first base station may have a substantially higher transmit power than each of the plurality of second base stations and each of the plurality of third base stations.
- Frame and subframe transmission of the first base station and each of the second plurality of base stations and each of the plurality of third base stations may be substantially synchronized.
- Each of the plurality of second base stations may configure the second plurality of special subframes based on messages received from the first base station on an X2 interface between the first base station and each of the plurality of second base stations.
- the third plurality of special subframes may be configured in each of the plurality of third base stations using an OAM system.
- the third plurality of special subframes may be configured in each of the plurality of third base stations using an X2 interface between each of the plurality of third base stations and the first base station.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may broadcast a CSG indicator.
- Each of the plurality of third base stations may broadcast a CSG identity.
- Each of the third plurality of wireless devices may be configured with a CSG white-list including the CSG identity of a base station in the plurality of third base stations.
- At least two base stations in the third plurality of base stations may broadcast different CSG identities. The at least two base stations in the third plurality of base stations may not broadcast the same CSG identity.
- the at least two base stations in the third plurality of base stations may provide overlapping coverage area in at least a region in the service area of the network.
- the first plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or may further comprise subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices.
- the second plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or may comprise subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices.
- the first, second and third subframe allocation bitmaps may be 6 bits or 24 bits long.
- Example embodiments enable configuration of special subframes in one or more base stations. Changes in special subframe allocation in one base station may result in changes in special subframe allocation of a plurality of base stations. Such a configuration may increase air interface and backhaul overhead. Additional overhead in signaling may include additional RRC messages and additional X2 application protocol messages. The gains in air interface efficiency maybe due to reduction in inter-cell interference in the network. This may reduce interference and may reduce packet loss and may increase cell throughput. Some of the network simulations/analyses show that the benefits in air interface efficiency gains may be more than the negative impact due to additional overhead. The example embodiments may add additional complexity in network operations; instead it may increase the overall spectral efficiency in the network. Novel constraints are introduced in special subframe allocation among base stations of different types. A change in special subframe allocation of a high power base station may be communicated to many other low power base stations. Among low power base stations, constraints applied on special subframe allocation of CSG cells is different than the constraints applied on special subframe allocation of non-CSG cells.
- Required communications between base stations are introduced to satisfy these constraints. These novel constraints and required communications may increase network complexity; instead they may increase network performance. Therefore, the operation may be performed selectively, by one or more base stations, and may be communicated to one or more other base stations. This dynamic configuration is different from other methods employed to increase cell capacity. It may require transmission and reception of additional RRC reconfiguration messages to reconfigure the air interface parameters in wireless devices in the coverage area and may require transmission and reception of additional X2 interface messages to other base stations.
- a network comprises a plurality of base stations. Transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- a base station may comprise a communication interface, a processor, and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause the base station to perform certain functions.
- the example embodiments provide an efficient special subframe allocation.
- the special subframes may be almost blank subframes. Efficient special subframe allocations proposed in the example embodiments may increase radio link efficiency, may provide improved quality of service, and may limit delay and/or jitter in the radio link.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe (non-special subframe or regular subframe).
- Subframe allocation bitmaps may enable a very large number of possibilities in configuring special subframes in a sequence of frames. For example, a 40 bit length bitmap may allow more than tens of thousands (or millions) of possible configurations for special subframe allocations. There is a need to determine which configurations provide a better performance and efficiency in the air interface compared with other possible configurations.
- the analyses to determine a suitable pattern requires analyses of LTE radio interface packet transmission methods (PHY/MAC/RLC/PDCP), analysis of the effects and interactions between a base station and its neighboring base stations, and the analyses of simulation results of a wireless network implementing special subframe configurations.
- special subframes pattern 4, pattern 2, pattern 3A, and pattern 3B are introduced.
- a pattern may be selected for configuration of a cell, depending on a cell's traffic demand, QoS requirements, load, neighboring cell configuration, neighboring cell load, base station type, and/or the like.
- LTE radio interface may not operate in its optimal condition if synchronization signals (SS: PSS and SSS) and physical broadcast channel (PBCH) signals are not transmitted in one or more frames in a sequence of frames.
- SS signals may be transmitted in subframes #0 and 5.
- PBCH signals may be transmitted in subframe #0.
- Many of possible special subframe configurations may result in muting SS and PBCH signals in one or more frames.
- Air interface operation may be improved if the first (subframe #0) and sixth subframe (subframe #5) are not configured as special subframe. This limitation may limit the possible
- subframes #5 and #9 may not be configured as a special subframe.
- subframes # 0, 4, 5, 9 may not be configured as special subframes.
- subframes that are employed for transmission of paging channel and system information block one (SIB1) may not be suitable for special subframe configuration.
- SIB1 system information block one
- the above limitations would further limit the configuration of special subframes to subframes # 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8. Such a limitation may reduce the number of special subframe configuration possibilities.
- the above limitations still provide a very large number of possibilities for special subframe configuration, and there is a need for further analyses to provide a limited number of configuration possibilities with improved performance.
- One of the objectives of some of example embodiments is to introduce a limited number of configurations, where each one may provide improved performance in a specific scenario.
- interfering cells with overlapping coverage area may have non-overlapping special subframe configuration to reduce inter-cell interference and improve air interface spectral efficiency.
- subframe #1 and 2 may be configured as special subframe.
- subframes #3, 6, 7, and 8 may be configured as special subframe.
- Non- overlapping configuration may reduce inter-cell interference, for example, in heterogeneous networks.
- no special subframe may be configured in frames of a base station, or only one special subframe may be configured in frames of the base station.
- the special subframe may be configured as any of the subframes # 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8. There may not be any considerable advantage on which of the subframes is configured as a special subframe. Same analysis may apply where five of the subframes # 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8 are configured as special subframe. Any of the five subframes in the subframes # 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8 may be configured as special subframe.
- the special subframe of overlapping base stations in different layers in a heterogeneous network may be configured in a way that special subframes of two overlapping coverage layers may not overlap in time. For example, if a macro base station is configured with special subframes, # 1, 2, 6, 7 and 8 in a frame; a femto cell in the coverage area of the macro cell may be configured with special subframe #3 during the same frame.
- More complex analysis may be required for the scenarios, where two or three or four subframes in a frame are configured as special subframe.
- the positioning of special subframes in a frame may be important.
- LTE PHY/MAC layer scheduling analyses show that if special subframes are separated in time as much as possible, then packet scheduling delay and/or jitter may be reduced. Therefore, for example, special subframe pairs # (1 and 6) or (2 and 7) or (3 and 8) may provide reduced packet delay. There is a need to determine which of these three candidates provides a better performance.
- Simulation analyses of heterogeneous networks show that a non-overlapping (in time) special subframe configuration in different base station coverage layers (for example macro and pico/femto base stations) may provide improved performance in the network. Improving the performance of one layer, may not result in improved performance of another layer.
- the analyses may require answering the question that which of the four subframes may improve the performance of the special subframe configuration of another layer. Further analysis of the subframe limitations discussed above shows that when four special subframes are configured, special subframes # 1, 3, 6, 8 may provide improved physical layer and MAC layer performance.
- subframes are separated in time and have maximum distance in time in a frame, considering special subframe configuration limitations. This may result in determining an improved pattern 2 and pattern 4.
- pattern 2 the special subframe configuration of subframes #2 and 7 (third and eighth subframes) in a frame may result in improved performance.
- pattern 4 special subframe configuration of subframes # 1, 3, 6, 8 (second, fourth, seventh, and ninth subframes) in a frame may result in improved
- a macro cell may be configured with pattern 3A in a frame and a femto cell (in the macro cell coverage area) may be configured with pattern 3B in the frame, and vice versa.
- some of the frames may implement a first pattern and some other frames may implement a second pattern.
- frames may alternate between pattern 3 A and 3B; or 2, 3 A, 4 and 3B; or the like.
- the base station special subframe configuration may change from one pattern to another pattern.
- a BS may configure PUCCH in a way that the wireless devices may not transmit PUCCH in a special uplink subframe. This configuration may apply to wireless devices interfering with other base stations.
- a base station may schedule data transmission on PUSCH in a way that it reduces interference to other base stations.
- a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes.
- Second, fourth, seventh, and ninth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe.
- this pattern may be called pattern 4.
- This special subframe allocation may remain at least until a new message comprising an updated subframe allocation bitmap is transmitted by the base station.
- Subframes in a frame may be numbered numerically starting from zero.
- the first subframe may be numbered subframe zero; the second subframe may be numbered one, and so on.
- a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes.
- Third and eighth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe.
- this pattern may be called pattern 2.
- This special subframe allocation may remain at least until a new message comprising an updated subframe allocation bitmap is transmitted by the base station.
- a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes.
- Second, fourth and eighth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe.
- this pattern may be called pattern 3A.
- This special subframe allocation may remain at least until a new message comprising an updated subframe allocation bitmap is transmitted by the base station.
- a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes.
- Third, seventh and ninth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe.
- this pattern may be called pattern 3B.
- This special subframe allocation may remain at least until a new message comprising an updated subframe allocation bitmap is transmitted by the base station.
- a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes.
- Second, fourth, seventh, and ninth subframes of every radio frame may be allocated as special subframe.
- the base station may transmit at least one unicast message to a subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of first, third, fifth, sixth, eighth, and tenth subframes in a radio frame.
- the first plurality of measurement subframes may exclude the special subframes in each radio frame in the plurality of radio frames. This may enable measurement of channel state information for subframes that are not allocated as special subframe.
- the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the second plurality of measurement subframes may exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes. This may enable measurement of channel state information for a new set of subframes which may include additional information
- the base station may employ the measurement information for adaptive link management, packet scheduling, handover decisions, and/or the like.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than the subframe allocation bitmap. Having a longer first and second measurement subframe allocation bitmap compared with the subframe allocation bitmap may allow a more flexible configuration for measurement subframes, which may be needed for efficient channel state information and/or radio link monitoring measurements. This may increase radio link overhead by a few bits, but may introduce increased efficiency in measurement configuration.
- a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. Third and eighth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe.
- the base station may transmit a at least one unicast message to a subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of first, second, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, and tenth subframes in a radio frame.
- the first plurality of measurement subframes may exclude the special subframes in each radio frame in the plurality of radio frames.
- the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the second plurality of measurement subframes may exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than the subframe allocation bitmap. Having a longer first and second measurement subframe allocation bitmap compared with the subframe allocation bitmap may allow a more flexible configuration for measurement subframes, which may be needed for efficient channel state information and/or radio link monitoring
- This may increase radio link overhead by a few bits, but may introduce increased efficiency in measurement configuration.
- a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes.
- Second, fourth and eighth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe.
- the base station may transmit a at least one unicast message to a subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of first, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, and tenth subframes in a radio frame.
- the first plurality of measurement subframes may exclude the special subframes in each radio frame in the plurality of radio frames.
- the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the second plurality of measurement subframes may exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than the subframe allocation bitmap.
- a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes.
- the plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes.
- Third, seventh and ninth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe.
- the base station may transmit a at least one unicast message to a subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of first, second, fourth, fifth, sixth, eighth and tenth subframes in a radio frame.
- the first plurality of measurement subframes may exclude the special subframes in each radio frame in the plurality of radio frames.
- the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the second plurality of measurement subframes may exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than the subframe allocation bitmap.
- Having a longer first and second measurement subframe allocation bitmap compared with the subframe allocation bitmap may allow a more flexible configuration for measurement subframes, which may be needed for efficient channel state information and/or radio link monitoring measurements. This may increase radio link overhead by a few bits, but may introduce increased efficiency in measurement configuration.
- a base station in a special subframe, may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe.
- Each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) and is divided into N subframes, wherein N is an integer greater than one.
- the message may further comprise at least one of a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, and b) a subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
- the subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l ⁇ k ⁇ n.
- i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
- i may be smaller than n.
- k may be equal to one or four.
- N may be equal to ten.
- the base station comprises at least one carrier.
- the base station may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits.
- the base station may broadcast the p most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10.
- p may be equal to 8.
- the base station may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2 ⁇ m ⁇ v ⁇ frames.
- the timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-p least significant bits.
- the (m-p) least significant bits of the system frame number may be broadcast by encoding control blocks in the physical broadcast channel over 2( m ⁇ p ⁇ frames. Sequential position of the encoded control blocks may determine the (m-p) least significant bits.
- the base station may broadcast the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- the message and the at least one unicast message may be transmitted using physical downlink shared channel.
- the message may be broadcasted using system information blocks.
- the base station may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- the base station may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
- the at least one unicast message may further configure measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. After an increase in the number of the plurality of wireless devices, the base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices, the base station may increase the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes.
- the base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the base station, the base station may increase the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes.
- the traffic carried by the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases.
- Each wireless device in the subset of the plurality of wireless devices may periodically report channel state information for subframes indicated in the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
- Each wireless device in the subset of the plurality of wireless devices may periodically report channel state information for subframes indicated in the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may be 40 bits long.
- the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may be 40 bits long.
- the subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long.
- the plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices.
- a network comprises a plurality of base stations.
- Each base station may comprise at least one downlink carrier and at least one uplink carrier. Uplink and downlink transmission times may be divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- the base station may comprise a
- the base station may transmit at least one message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the at least one message may indicate a first plurality of downlink subframes comprising a first plurality of downlink special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a downlink special subframe.
- the at least one message may indicate a second plurality of uplink subframes comprising a second plurality of uplink special subframes.
- the base station may schedule a subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the base station may transmit at least one message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the at least one message may comprise at least one of a downlink subframe allocation bitmap and an uplink subframe allocation bitmap.
- the downlink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a first plurality of downlink subframes comprising a first plurality of downlink special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a downlink special subframe.
- the uplink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a second plurality of uplink subframes comprising a second plurality of uplink special subframes.
- the base station may schedule only a subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the base station may transmit at least one message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, the at least one message may comprise at least one of a downlink subframe allocation bitmap and an uplink subframe allocation bitmap.
- the downlink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a first plurality of downlink subframes comprising a first plurality of downlink special subframes.
- no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a downlink special subframe.
- the uplink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a second plurality of uplink subframes comprising a second plurality of uplink special subframes.
- the base station may schedule only a subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the base station may transmit at least one unicast message to a second subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of the first plurality of downlink special subframes.
- the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the second plurality of measurement subframes exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes.
- a base station may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the downlink special subframe.
- Each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) and is divided into N subframes, wherein N is an integer greater than one.
- the at least one message may further comprise at least one of a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one; and b) a subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
- the downlink and uplink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate special subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l ⁇ k ⁇ n.
- i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
- i may be smaller than n.
- k may be equal to one or four.
- N may be equal to ten.
- the base station may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits.
- the base station may broadcast the p most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10.
- p may be equal to 8.
- the base station may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2 (m-p) frames.
- the timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-p least significant bits.
- the base station may broadcast the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
- the at least one message and the at least one unicast message are transmitted using physical downlink shared channel.
- the at least one message may be broadcasted using system information blocks.
- the base station may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the downlink special subframe.
- the base station may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the downlink special subframe.
- the at least one unicast message may further configure measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the second subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
- the base station may decrease the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may increase the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes. After an increase in the traffic load of the base station by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may decrease the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the base station by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may increase the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes. The traffic carried by the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases.
- Each wireless device in the second subset of the plurality of wireless devices may periodically report channel state information for subframes indicated in the first downlink measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
- Each wireless device in the second subset of the plurality of wireless devices may periodically report channel state information for subframes indicated in the second downlink measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
- the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may be 40 bits long.
- the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may be 40 bits long.
- the downlink subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long.
- the uplink special subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long.
- the base station may select the subset of the plurality of wireless devices in order to reduce interference introduced to a neighboring base station.
- Uplink transmission of the subset of the plurality of wireless devices may not introduce substantial interference to the neighboring base stations.
- the first plurality of downlink subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices.
- An example of downlink special subframes is almost blank subframe.
- a network comprises a plurality of base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in said plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- a wireless device may comprise a communication interface, a processor, and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause wireless device to perform certain functions.
- a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations.
- the first base station may be of a different base station type than the plurality of second base stations.
- the wireless device may demodulate, descramble and decode a first control format indicator channel transmitted by the first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a first OFDM symbol of each subframe in the plurality of subframes.
- a base station may broadcast a control format indicator channel on a subframe employing the first OFDM symbol in the subframe.
- the wireless device may process the first control format indicator channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first control format indicator channel.
- the wireless device may subtract the processed first control format indicator channel from the received signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the first OFDM symbol of the first subframe.
- the wireless device may descramble and decode a second control format indicator channel transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of second base stations in the first OFDM symbol of the first subframe.
- the wireless device may determine the number of OFDM symbols of a control region of the second base station based on the second control format indicator channel.
- the wireless device may demodulate, descramble and decode a first control format indicator channel transmitted by a first base station in the plurality of base stations on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a first OFDM symbol of each subframe in the plurality of subframes.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a control format indicator channel on a subframe using the first OFDM symbol in each subframe.
- the wireless device may process the first control format indicator channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first control format indicator channel.
- the wireless device may subtract the processed first control format indicator channel from the received signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the first OFDM symbol of the first subframe.
- the wireless device may descramble and decode a second control format indicator channel transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of base stations in the first OFDM symbol of the first subframe.
- the wireless device may determine the number of OFDM symbols of a control region of the second base station based on the second control format indicator channel.
- the control format indicator may comprise 2 bits of information.
- the control format indicator may be encoded employing a repetition code.
- the control format indicator may be transmitted over 16 modulation symbols.
- a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations.
- the first base station may be of a different base station type than the plurality of second base stations.
- the wireless device may demodulate, descramble and decode a first physical broadcast channel transmitted by the first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a plurality of OFDM symbols of a subset of subframes in the plurality of subframes.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a physical broadcast channel on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes.
- the wireless device may process the first physical broadcast channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first physical broadcast channel.
- the wireless device may subtract the processed first physical broadcast channel from the received signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes.
- the wireless device may descramble and decode a second physical broadcast channel transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of second base stations on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes.
- the wireless device may determine a plurality of system parameters of the second base station based on the second physical broadcast channel.
- the wireless device may demodulate, descramble and decode a first physical broadcast channel transmitted by the first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a plurality of OFDM symbols of a subset of subframes in the plurality of subframes.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a physical broadcast channel on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes.
- the wireless device may process the first physical broadcast channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first physical broadcast channel.
- the wireless device may subtract the processed first physical broadcast channel from the received signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes.
- the wireless device may descramble and decode a second physical broadcast channel transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of base stations on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes.
- the wireless device may determine a plurality of system parameters of the second base station based on the second physical broadcast channel.
- the first base station may be a macro base station.
- the first base station may be a pico base station.
- the first base station may be a femto base station with open access.
- the first base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
- the second base station may be a macro base station.
- the second base station may be a pico base station.
- the second base station may be a femto base station with open access.
- the second base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
- the physical broadcast channel may carry 14 bits of information.
- the physical broadcast channel may be encoded employing a convolutional code.
- the physical broadcast channel may be encoded using a repetition code.
- the physical broadcast channel may be transmitted every 40ms.
- the physical broadcast channel may be transmitted over 72 OFDM subcarriers in the middle of a carrier.
- the physical broadcast channel may carry a master information block.
- the system parameters may comprise system bandwidth information.
- the system parameters may comprise HARQ indicator channel structure information.
- the system parameters may comprise eight most significant bits of system frame number.
- Co-channel deployments may of interest due to cost effectiveness and high spectral efficiency.
- the resource partitioning may effectively mitigate interference from the data channel.
- interference from the acquisition channels, CRS signal, and control channels including control format indicator channel may remain, since these signals may be needed to be transmitted for the backward compatibility reason.
- Subframe time shifting may be utilized in FDD systems to avoid collision of the acquisition channels between base stations of different power classes that require partitioning, but it may not be used in TDD systems.
- Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be needed for cell range expansion. It may enable wireless devices to detect and acquire a weak cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be a prerequisite for handover and cell range expansion.
- CRS interference mitigation may have a role in system performance. Strong CRS interference, even though present on a relatively small fraction of resource elements, may degrade turbo code performance and the overall signal-to-interference-plus-noise radio (SINR); and, the potential gains of cell range expansion may be reduced.
- Control format indicator channel may carry important information without which the wireless device may not be able to decode the control information. Strong interference on the control format indicator channel may result in wireless device and may result in loss of information carried on this channel. It may cause a wireless device inability to decode other control channels carrying scheduling and other related information.
- acquisition channels, CRS, and/or control format indicator channel may be broadcasted at high power targeting wireless device at the cell edge, a wireless device solution may be feasible.
- the acquisition signals, CRS, and control format indicator channel strong interference may reliably be estimated and subtracted so that it may not represent significant interference.
- Acquisition channels may be transmitted at the same radio resource location in cells.
- the acquisition channels interference may comprise of the acquisition channels from the neighboring interfering cells. This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller.
- a wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
- a similar procedure may be performed to remove CRS interference.
- the difference may be that CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high- and low-power nodes may be avoided/reduced by CRS tone shifting. If strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted.
- Control format indicator channel may be transmitted at the same location in cells, which means that the control format indicator channel's interference may comprise of the control format indicator channel from the neighboring interfering cells.
- This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller.
- a wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until control format indicator channel of the serving cell is decoded.
- a network comprises a plurality of base stations.
- a wireless device may comprise a communication interface, a processor, and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause said wireless device to perform certain functions.
- a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations.
- the first base station may be of a different base station type than the plurality of second base stations.
- Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- the wireless device may correlate the received signals on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a subset of subframes with a first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values.
- Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a plurality of synchronization signals on the subset of subframes using the plurality of OFDM subcarriers.
- the wireless device may identify a first synchronization signal in the first plurality of pre-determined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by the first base station.
- the wireless device may process the first synchronization signal comprising scaling the first synchronization signal by a scaling factor that may depend on the highest correlation value.
- the wireless device may subtract the processed first synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal.
- the wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values.
- the wireless device may identify a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the second plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of second base stations.
- the wireless device may obtain frame and subframe timing information of the second base station using the second synchronization signal.
- a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations.
- a wireless device may correlate the received synchronization signals with a first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations broadcasts a plurality of synchronization signals.
- the wireless device may identify a first synchronization signal in the first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by the first base station.
- the wireless device may process the first synchronization signal comprising scaling it by a scaling factor that may depend on the highest correlation value.
- the wireless device may subtract the processed first synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals to generate an updated received signal.
- the wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values.
- the wireless device may identify a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the second plurality of correlation values as the
- a wireless device may correlate the received synchronization signals with a first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a plurality of synchronization signals.
- the wireless device may identify a first synchronization signal in the first plurality of pre-determined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by the first base station.
- the wireless device may process the first synchronization signal comprising scaling it by a scaling factor that depends on the highest correlation value.
- the wireless device may subtract the processed first synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals to generate an updated received signal.
- the wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values.
- the wireless device may identify a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the second plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of base stations.
- a first base station (of a first base station type) may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations (of a second base station type). Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- a wireless device may correlate the received signals on a first plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a first subset of subframes with a first plurality of predetermined primary synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a plurality of primary synchronization signals on the first subset of subframes using the first plurality of OFDM subcarriers.
- the wireless device may identify a first primary synchronization signal in the first plurality of pre-determined primary synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation values as the primary synchronization signal transmitted by the first base station.
- the wireless device may process the first primary synchronization signal comprising scaling by a scaling factor that may depend on the highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation values.
- the wireless device may subtract the processed first primary synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals on the first plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the first subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal.
- the wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined primary synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values.
- the wireless device may identify a second primary synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the second plurality of correlation values as the primary synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of second base stations.
- the wireless device may correlate the received signals on a second plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a second subset of subframes with a first plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals to produce a third plurality of correlation values.
- a base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a plurality of secondary synchronization signals on the second subset of subframes using the second plurality of OFDM subcarriers.
- the first plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals depends on the first primary synchronization signal.
- the wireless device may identify a first secondary synchronization signal in the first plurality of pre-determined primary synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the third plurality of correlation values as the secondary synchronization signal transmitted by the first base station.
- the wireless device may process the first secondary synchronization signal comprising scaling by a scaling factor that may depend on the highest correlation value among the third plurality of correlation values.
- the wireless device may subtract the scaled first secondary synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals on the second plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the second subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal.
- the wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals to produce a fourth plurality of correlation values.
- the second plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals may depend on the second primary synchronization signal.
- the wireless device may identify a second secondary synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the fourth plurality of correlation values as the secondary synchronization signal transmitted by the second base station.
- the wireless device may obtain frame and subframe timing information of the second base station using the second primary synchronization signal and the second secondary synchronization signal.
- the first base station may be a macro base station.
- the first base station may be a pico base station.
- the first base station may be a femto base station with open access.
- the first base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
- the second base station may be a macro base station.
- the second base station may be a pico base station.
- the second base station may be a femto base station with open access.
- the second base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
- the plurality of synchronization signals may be transmitted over 72 OFDM subcarriers in the middle of a carrier.
- the plurality of synchronization signals may also determine the physical identifier of the carrier on which they are transmitted.
- the scaling factor may be a function of the characteristics of a wireless channel over which the plurality of synchronization signals were transmitted.
- the correlating may comprise a plurality of multiplications and a summation of the results of the plurality of multiplications.
- Co-channel deployments may be of interest due to cost effectiveness and high spectral efficiency.
- the resource partitioning may mitigate interference from the data channel.
- Interference from the acquisition channels and CRS signal may remain, since these signals may be needed to be transmitted for the backward compatibility reason.
- Subframe time shifting may be utilized in FDD systems to avoid collision of the acquisition channels between base stations of different power classes that require partitioning, but it may not be used in TDD systems.
- CRS interference mitigation for either FDD or TDD systems.
- limited medium bias values for example, 6-10 dB
- handover may be supported, which may limit the potential for cell range expansion.
- Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be needed for cell range expansion. It may enable wireless devices to detect and acquire a weak cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be a prerequisite for handover and cell range expansion.
- CRS interference mitigation may have an important role in system performance.
- a wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
- a similar procedure may be performed to remove CRS interference.
- the difference may be that CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high- and low-power nodes may be avoided/reduced by CRS tone shifting. If strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted.
- a wireless device may receive a first reference signal from a first base station in the plurality of base stations on a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe in the plurality of subframes.
- the first plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a first base station identifier of the first base station.
- the wireless device may estimate a first signal strength corresponding to the first base station based on the received first reference signal.
- the wireless device may receive a second reference signal from a second base station, on a second plurality of OFDM resources in the first subframe.
- the second plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a second base station identifier of the second base station.
- the wireless device may estimate a second signal strength corresponding to the second base station based on the received second reference signal.
- the wireless device may estimate an interference value on the second plurality of OFDM resources based, at least in part, on the second reference signal.
- the wireless device may estimate a signal to interference ratio value based on the second signal strength and a total interference value. If the first plurality of OFDM resources overlap with the second plurality of OFDM resources, the total interference value may be computed based upon the interference value. If the first plurality of OFDM resources do not overlap with the second plurality of OFDM resources, the total interference value may be computed based upon the interference value plus the first signal strength.
- the wireless device may receive a first reference signal from a first base station in the plurality of base stations on a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe in the plurality of subframes.
- the first plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a first base station identifier of the first base station.
- the wireless device may estimate a first signal strength corresponding to the first base station based on the received first reference signal.
- the wireless device may receive a second reference signal from a second base station in the plurality of base stations, on a second plurality of OFDM resources in the first subframe.
- the second plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a second base station identifier of the second base station.
- the wireless device may estimate a second signal strength corresponding to the second base station based on the received second reference signal.
- the wireless device may estimate an interference value on the second plurality of OFDM resources based, at least in part, on the second reference signal.
- the wireless device may estimate a signal to interference ratio value based on the second signal strength and a total interference value. If the first plurality of OFDM resources do not overlap with the second plurality of OFDM resources, the total interference value may be computed based upon the interference value. If the first plurality of OFDM resources overlap with the second plurality of OFDM resources, the total interference value may be computed based upon the interference value minus the first signal strength.
- the first base station may transmit data to a plurality of wireless devices on the first subframe.
- the first base station may not transmit data on the first subframe.
- the first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than the second base station.
- the second base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than the first base station.
- the first base station may be a macro base station.
- the first base station may be a pico base station.
- the first base station may be a femto base station with open access.
- the first base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
- the second base station may be a macro base station.
- the second base station may be a pico base station.
- the second base station may be a femto base station with open access.
- the second base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
- the first reference signal may be a common reference signal.
- the second reference signal may be a common reference signal.
- the first reference signal may be a channel state information reference signal.
- the second reference signal may be a channel state information reference signal.
- the first signal strength may be a short term signal strength value obtained from the most recent observation.
- the first signal strength may be a long term signal strength value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent observations.
- the second signal strength may be a short term signal strength value obtained from the most recent observation.
- the second signal strength may be a long term signal strength value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent observations.
- the interference value may be a short term interference value obtained from the most recent observation.
- the interference value may be a long term interference value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent observations.
- Co-channel deployments may be of interest due to cost effectiveness and high spectral efficiency.
- the resource partitioning may mitigate interference from the data channel.
- Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be important for cell range expansion. It may enable wireless devices to detect and acquire a weak cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be a prerequisite for handover and cell range expansion.
- CRS interference mitigation may have a role in system performance. Strong CRS interference, even though present only on a relatively small fraction of resource elements, may degrade turbo code performance and the overall signal-to- interference -plus-noise ratio (SINR); therefore, the potential gains of cell range expansion may be reduced. Given that acquisition channels and CRS may be broadcasted at high power targeting wireless devices at the cell edge, a robust UE solution is feasible.
- a wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
- CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high- and low-power nodes may be avoided by CRS tone shifting. If strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted. However, the problem of reliable channel quality information (CQI) feedback for data transmission may remains, depending on whether CRS tones interfere with data tones or not, and whether the interfering base station transmits or does not transmit data on the corresponding subframe, e.g., whether the corresponding subframe is an almost blank subframe for the interfering base station or not. Based on these alternatives, four different cases may be considered for CQI computation:
- CRS tones of the interfering base station may overlap with the CRS tones of the interfered base station, and the interfering base station transmits data on the corresponding subframe. In this case, there may be no need for post processing of the interference values estimated on the CRS tones.
- the interference seen on the data tones may most likely be similar to the interference seen on the CRS tones.
- the wireless device may use the interference estimate obtained from the CRS tones directly together with the channel estimates obtained for the serving base station from the CRS tones to compute the CQI value and may feed it back to its serving base station.
- CRS tones of the interfering base station may overlap with CRS tones of the interfered base station, but the interfering base station may not transmit data on the corresponding subframe (e.g., the corresponding subframe is an almost blank subframe of the interfering base station).
- the interference estimated on the CRS tones may include interference from the interfering base station, but this interference may not be present on the data tones. So the interference value may be overestimated.
- the wireless device may separately estimate the interference contribution of the interfering base station, and may subtract it from the total interference measured on the CRS tones, to obtain a more accurate estimate of the interference observed on the data tones. This more accurate interference estimate may then be used, along with the channel estimate of the serving base station obtained from the CRS tones, to compute the CQI value.
- CRS tones of the interfering base station may not overlap with CRS tones of the interfered base station, and the interfering base station transmits data on the corresponding subframe.
- the interfering base station punctures these tones and does not transmit signal on these tones (to allow for more accurate channel estimation at the interfered base station)
- the interference value estimated on the CRS tones may be an underestimate, and may need to be adjusted before using for CQI computation. This adjustment may involve separate estimation of the potential interference from the interfering base station and adding it to the total interference estimated on the CRS tones of the interfered base station.
- the interfering base station transmits data on the CRS tones of the interfered base station, then the interference estimate on the CRS tones of the interfered base station may be accurate and there may be no need for further adjustment for CQI computation.
- CRS tones of the interfering base station may not overlap with CRS tones of the interfered base station, and the interfering base station may not transmit data on the corresponding subframe. In this case, there may be no underestimation or overestimation of the interference on the CRS tones of the interfered base station, and there may be no need to further adjustment for CQI computation.
- a network comprises a plurality of base stations.
- a base station may comprise a plurality of carriers.
- a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations.
- Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames.
- Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- a carrier identifier may be assigned to each carrier in the plurality of carriers by an operator or a system.
- the first base station may assign a first plurality of wireless device identifiers to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first base station may transmit a plurality of first unicast control messages to a first subset of the first plurality of wireless devices using a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe of the first base station.
- the first plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of the first base station and/or wireless device identifiers of the first subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
- a second base station in the plurality of second base stations may assign a second plurality of wireless device identifiers to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second base station may transmit a second plurality of unicast control messages to a second subset of the second plurality of wireless devices using a second plurality of OFDM resources in a second subframe of the second base station transmitted substantially simultaneously with the first subframe.
- the second plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of the second base station and/or wireless device identifiers of the second subset of the second plurality of wireless devices.
- At least one of the carrier identifiers, the first plurality of wireless device identifiers, and the second plurality of wireless device identifiers may be configured such that the overlap between the first plurality of OFDM resources and the second plurality of OFDM resources is below a predetermined threshold.
- base stations may comprise a plurality of carriers. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes.
- a carrier identifier may be assigned to a carrier in the plurality of carriers by an operator or a system.
- a first base station in the plurality of base stations may assign a first plurality of wireless device identifiers to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the first base station may transmit a plurality of first unicast control messages to a first subset of the first plurality of wireless devices using a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe of the first base station.
- the first plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of the first base station and/or wireless device identifiers of the first subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
- a second base station in the plurality of base stations may assign a second plurality of wireless device identifiers to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode.
- the second base station may transmit a second plurality of unicast control messages to a second subset of the second plurality of wireless devices using a second plurality of OFDM resources in a second subframe of the second base station transmitted substantially simultaneously with the first subframe.
- the second plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of the second base station and/or wireless device identifiers of the second subset of the second plurality of wireless devices.
- At least one of the carrier identifiers, the first plurality of wireless device identifiers, and the second plurality of wireless device identifiers may be configured such that the overlap between the first plurality of OFDM resources and the second plurality of OFDM resources is below a pre-determined threshold.
- the pre-determined threshold may be zero.
- the pre-determined threshold may be below ten percent of the smaller of the first plurality of OFDM resources and the second plurality of OFDM resources. In another example, it may be below a number between ten to fifty percent of the smaller of the first plurality of OFDM resources and the second plurality of OFDM resources.
- the first base station may be a macro base station.
- the first base station may be a pico base station.
- the first base station may be a femto base station with open access.
- the first base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
- the second base station may be a macro base station.
- the second base station may be a pico base station.
- the second base station may be a femto base station with open access.
- the second base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
- the carrier identifiers may comprise nine bits of data.
- the wireless device identifiers may comprise sixteen bits of data.
- the first plurality of unicast control messages may be transmitted over a physical dedicated control channel.
- the second plurality of unicast control messages may be transmitted over a physical dedicated control channel.
- At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise a resource identifier.
- At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise a modulation and coding format indicator.
- At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise an HARQ process identifier. At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise a redundancy version. At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise a transmission mode indicator.
- the transport format indicator may be used to determine a transmission mode from a plurality of transmission modes.
- the plurality of transmission modes may comprise a transmit diversity mode.
- the transport format indicator may be used to determine a transmission mode from a plurality of transmission modes.
- the plurality of transmission modes may comprise a cyclic delay diversity mode.
- the transport format indicator may be used to determine a transmission mode from a plurality of transmission modes.
- the plurality of transmission modes may comprise a spatial multiplexing mode.
- the transport format indicator may be used to determine a transmission mode from a plurality of transmission modes.
- the plurality of transmission modes may comprise a beamforming or precoding mode.
- At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise an uplink power control indicator.
- the uplink power control indicator may be a single power control command for a single wireless device.
- the uplink power control indicator may comprise a plurality of power control commands for a plurality of wireless devices.
- the power control command may be an absolute power control command.
- the power control command may be a relative power control command.
- At least one power control command in the plurality of power control commands may be an absolute power control command.
- At least one power control command in the plurality of power control commands may be a relative power control command.
- Co-channel deployments may be of interest due to cost effectiveness and high spectral efficiency.
- the resource partitioning may mitigate interference from the data channel.
- Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be required for cell range expansion. It may enable wireless devices to detect and acquire a week cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be a prerequisite for handover and cell range expansion.
- CRS interference mitigation may have a role in system performance. Strong CRS interference, even though present on a relatively small fraction of resource elements, may degrade turbo code performance and the overall signal-to- interference -plus-noise ratio (SINR); therefore, the potential gains of cell range expansion may be reduced.
- SINR signal-to- interference -plus-noise ratio
- Control format indicator channel may carry important information without which the wireless device may not be able to decode the control information. Strong interference on the control format indicator channel may result in loss of information carried on this channel and hence, may result in wireless device inability to decode other control channels carrying scheduling and other related information. Given that acquisition channels, CRS, and control format indicator channel may be broadcasted at full power targeting wireless device at the cell edge, a robust wireless device solution may be feasible.
- CRS, and control format indicator channel interference mitigation is that strong interference may be estimated and subtracted so that in the end it may not represent significant interference.
- Acquisition channels may be transmitted at the same radio resource location in cells, which means that the acquisition channels interference may comprise of the acquisition channels from the neighboring interfering cells. This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller.
- a wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
- a similar procedure may be performed to remove CRS interference.
- the difference may be that CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high- and low-power nodes may be avoided or reduced by CRS tone shifting. If strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted.
- Control format indicator channel may be transmitted at the same location in cells, which means that the control format indicator channel's interference may comprise of the control format indicator channel from the neighboring interfering cells.
- This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller.
- a wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until control format indicator channel of the serving cell is decoded.
- control channels e.g., control channels carrying scheduling information.
- the reason may be that such control channels may be scrambled with the identity of the target wireless device, and in order for a wireless device to cancel the interference of such channels, it may need to try a very large number of hypotheses considering the information being transmitted to potential wireless identifiers in the neighboring cell. This may require a large amount of computational complexity, and may not be practical.
- the control region of most packet switched technologies may be a shared region, in the sense that control information for many different wireless devices may be transmitted on the same resources. This may reduce the amount of overhead for such systems, especially with dynamic scheduling of the wireless devices, in which, in a given subframe, a small number of active wireless devices may be scheduled. Each wireless device may monitor a portion or the entire control region for potential control channel transmissions targeting that particular wireless device. On the other hand, many technologies may use a hashing mechanism to limit the number of the decode hypotheses of the wireless devices.
- wireless devices with the wireless device identifier from the first half of the entire wireless device identifiers space may expect control information on the first half of the resources of entire the control region
- wireless devices with the wireless device identifier from the second half of the entire wireless device identifiers space may expect control information on the second half of the resources of entire the control region.
- an alternate method of mitigating control channel information may be considered which is based on base station coordination and may not require wireless device involvement or may reduce wireless device involvement.
- base stations that are potential interferers to each other may decide to coordinate the wireless device identifiers that they assigned to their served wireless devices such that the corresponding control transmissions of the two base stations may not overlap in time frequency resources or may have a reduced overlap in time frequency resources.
- control transmissions of the first base station may take place on the first half of the resources of the control region and the control transmissions of the second base station may take place on the second half of the resources of the control region, and hence they may not overlap, and hence may not cause interference to each other.
- the packets in the downlink may be transmitted via downlink physical channels.
- the carrying packets in the uplink may be transmitted via uplink physical channels.
- the baseband data representing a downlink physical channel may be defined in terms of at least one of the following actions: scrambling of coded bits in codewords to be transmitted on a physical channel; modulation of scrambled bits to generate complex- valued modulation symbols; mapping of the complex-valued modulation symbols onto one or several transmission layers; precoding of the complex-valued modulation symbols on layer(s) for transmission on the antenna port(s); mapping of complex- valued modulation symbols for antenna port(s) to resource elements; and/or generation of complex- valued time-domain OFDM signal(s) for antenna port(s).
- Codeword, transmitted on the physical channel in one subframe, may be scrambled prior to modulation, resulting in a block of scrambled bits.
- the scrambling sequence generator may be initialized at the start of subframe(s).
- Codeword(s) may be modulated using QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, 128QAM, and/or the like resulting in a block of complex- valued modulation symbols.
- the complex- valued modulation symbols for codewords to be transmitted may be mapped onto one or several layers. For transmission on a single antenna port, a single layer may be used. For spatial multiplexing, the number of layers may be less than or equal to the number of antenna port(s) used for transmission of the physical channel.
- a single codeword mapped to multiple layers may be applicable when the number of cell- specific reference signals is four or when the number of UE- specific reference signals is two or larger.
- the precoder may receive a block of vectors from the layer mapping and generate a block of vectors to be mapped onto resources on the antenna port(s).
- Precoding for spatial multiplexing using antenna port(s) with cell-specific reference signals may be used in combination with layer mapping for spatial multiplexing. Spatial multiplexing may support two or four antenna ports and the set of antenna ports used may be ⁇ 0, 1 ⁇ or ⁇ 0, 1 , 2, 3 ⁇ .
- Precoding for transmit diversity may be used in combination with layer mapping for transmit diversity. The precoding operation for transmit diversity may be defined for two and four antenna ports.
- Precoding for spatial multiplexing using antenna ports with UE- specific reference signals may also, for example, be used in combination with layer mapping for spatial multiplexing. Spatial multiplexing using antenna ports with UE-specific reference signals may support up to eight antenna ports. Reference signals may be pre-defined signals that may be used by the receiver for decoding the received physical signal, estimating the channel state, and/or other purposes.
- the block of complex- valued symbols may be mapped in sequence to resource elements.
- the PDSCH may be transmitted on the same set of antenna ports as the physical broadcast channel in the downlink (PBCH).
- the PDSCH may be transmitted, for example, on antenna port(s) ⁇ 5, ⁇ 7 ⁇ , ⁇ 8 ⁇ , or ⁇ 7, 8, ..., v+6 ⁇ , where v is the number of layers used for transmission of the PDSCH.
- Common reference signal(s) may be transmitted in physical antenna port(s).
- Common reference signal(s) may be cell-specific reference signal(s) (RS) used for demodulation and/or measurement purposes. Channel estimation accuracy using common reference signal(s) may be reasonable for demodulation (high RS density).
- Common reference signal(s) may be defined for LTE technologies, LTE-advanced technologies, and/or the like.
- Demodulation reference signal(s) may be transmitted in virtual antenna port(s) (i.e., layer or stream).
- Channel estimation accuracy using demodulation reference signal(s) may be reasonable within allocated time/frequency resources.
- Demodulation reference signal(s) may be defined for LTE-advanced technology and may not be applicable to LTE technology.
- Measurement reference signal(s) may also called CSI (channel state information) reference signal(s), may be transmitted in physical antenna port(s) or virtualized antenna port(s).
- Measurement reference signal(s) may be Cell-specific RS used for measurement purposes.
- Channel estimation accuracy may be relatively lower than demodulation RS.
- CSI reference signal(s) may be defined for LTE-advanced technology and may not be applicable to LTE technology.
- uplink physical channel(s) may correspond to a set of resource elements carrying information originating from higher layers.
- the following example uplink physical channel(s) may be defined for uplink: a) Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), b) Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), c) Physical
- Uplink physical signal(s) may be used by the physical layer and may not carry information originating from higher layers.
- reference signal(s) may be considered as uplink physical signal(s).
- Transmitted signal(s) in slot(s) may be described by one or several resource grids including, for example, subcarriers and SC-FDMA or OFDMA symbols.
- Antenna port(s) may be defined such that the channel over which symbol(s) on antenna port(s) may be conveyed and/or inferred from the channel over which other symbol(s) on the same antenna port(s) is/are conveyed. There may be one resource grid per antenna port.
- the antenna port(s) used for transmission of physical channel(s) or signal(s) may depend on the number of antenna port(s) configured for the physical channel(s) or signal(s).
- Physical uplink control channel(s) may carry uplink control information. Simultaneous transmission of PUCCH and PUSCH from the same UE may be supported if enabled by higher layers. For a type 2 frame structure, the PUCCH may not be transmitted in the UpPTS field. PUCCH may use one resource block in each of the two slots in a subframe. Resources allocated to UE and PUCCH configuration(s) may be transmitted via control messages. PUCCH may comprise: a) positive and negative acknowledgements for data packets transmitted at least one downlink carrier, b) channel state information for at least one downlink carrier, c) scheduling request, and/or the like.
- cell search may be the procedure by which a wireless device may acquire time and frequency synchronization with a cell and may detect the physical layer Cell ID of that cell (transmitter).
- An example embodiment for synchronization signal and cell search is presented below.
- a cell search may support a scalable overall transmission bandwidth corresponding to 6 resource blocks and upwards.
- Primary and secondary synchronization signals may be transmitted in the downlink and may facilitate cell search.
- 504 unique physical-layer cell identities may be defined using synchronization signals.
- the physical-layer cell identities may be grouped into 168 unique physical-layer cell-identity groups, group(s) containing three unique identities. The grouping may be such that physical-layer cell identit(ies) is part of a physical-layer cell- identity group.
- a physical-layer cell identity may be defined by a number in the range of 0 to 167, representing the physical-layer cell-identity group, and a number in the range of 0 to 2, representing the physical-layer identity within the physical-layer cell-identity group.
- the synchronization signal may include a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal.
- the sequence used for a primary synchronization signal may be generated from a frequency-domain Zadoff-Chu sequence according to a pre-defined formula.
- a Zadoff-Chu root sequence index may also be predefined in a specification.
- the mapping of the sequence to resource elements may depend on a frame structure.
- the wireless device may not assume that the primary synchronization signal is transmitted on the same antenna port as any of the downlink reference signals.
- the wireless device may not assume that any transmission instance of the primary synchronization signal is transmitted on the same antenna port, or ports, used for any other transmission instance of the primary synchronization signal.
- the sequence may be mapped to the resource elements according to a predefined formula.
- a primary synchronization signal may be mapped to the last
- the primary synchronization signal may be mapped to the third OFDM symbol in subframes 1 and 6.
- Some of the resource elements allocated to primary or secondary synchronization signals may be reserved and not used for transmission of the primary synchronization signal.
- the sequence used for a secondary synchronization signal may be an interleaved concatenation of two length-31 binary sequences.
- the concatenated sequence may be scrambled with a scrambling sequence given by a primary synchronization signal.
- the combination of two length-31 sequences defining the secondary synchronization signal may differ between subframe 0 and subframe 5 according to predefined formula(s).
- the mapping of the sequence to resource elements may depend on the frame structure. In a subframe for FDD frame structure and in a half-frame for TDD frame structure, the same antenna port as for the primary synchronization signal may be used for the secondary synchronization signal.
- the sequence may be mapped to resource elements according to a predefined formula.
- a physical broadcast channel may be scrambled with a cell-specific sequence prior to modulation, resulting in a block of scrambled bits.
- PBCH may be modulated using QPSK, and/or the like.
- the block of complex-valued symbols for antenna port(s) may be transmitted during consecutive radio frames, for example, four consecutive radio frames.
- the PBCH data may arrive to the coding unit in the form of a one transport block every transmission time interval (TTI) of 40ms.
- TTI transmission time interval
- the following coding actions may be identified. Add CRC to the transport block, channel coding, and rate matching.
- Error detection may be provided on PBCH transport blocks through a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC).
- the transport block may be used to calculate the CRC parity bits.
- the parity bits may be computed and attached to the BCH (broadcast channel) transport block. After the attachment, the CRC bits may be scrambled according to the transmitter transmit antenna configuration.
- Information bits may be delivered to the channel coding block and they may be tail biting convolutionally encoded.
- a tail biting convolutionally coded block may be delivered to the rate matching block. The coded block may be rate matched before transmission.
- a master information block may be transmitted in PBCH and may include system information transmitted on broadcast channel(s).
- the master information block may include downlink bandwidth, system frame number(s), and PHICH (physical hybrid- ARQ indicator channel) configuration.
- Downlink bandwidth may be the transmission bandwidth
- timing of a 40ms PBCH TTI may indicate 2 least significant bits (within 40ms PBCH TTI, the first radio frame: 00, the second radio frame: 01, the third radio frame: 10, the last radio frame: 11).
- One value may apply for other carriers in the same sector of a base station (the associated functionality is common (e.g. not performed independently for each cell).
- PHICH configuration(s) may include PHICH duration, which may be normal (e.g. one symbol duration) or extended (e.g. 3 symbol duration).
- PCFICH Physical control format indicator channel(s)
- PDCCHs Physical downlink control channel
- the set of OFDM symbols possible to use for PDCCH in a subframe may depend on many parameters including, for example, downlink carrier bandwidth, in terms of downlink resource blocks.
- PCFICH transmitted in one subframe may be scrambled with cell-specific sequence(s) prior to modulation, resulting in a block of scrambled bits.
- a scrambling sequence generator(s) may be initialized at the start of subframe(s).
- Block (s)of scrambled bits may be modulated using QPSK.
- Block(s) of modulation symbols may be mapped to at least one layer and precoded resulting in a block of vectors representing the signal for at least one antenna port.
- Instances of PCFICH control channel(s) may indicate one of several (e.g. 3) possible values after being decoded.
- the range of possible values of instance(s) of the first control channel may depend on the first carrier bandwidth.
- physical downlink control channel(s) may carry scheduling assignments and other control information.
- the number of resource- elements not assigned to PCFICH or PHICH may be assigned to PDCCH.
- PDCCH may support multiple formats. Multiple PDCCH packets may be transmitted in a subframe.
- PDCCH may be coded by tail biting convolutionally encoder before transmission.
- PDCCH bits may be scrambled with a cell-specific sequence prior to modulation, resulting in block(s) of scrambled bits. Scrambling sequence generator(s) may be initialized at the start of subframe(s). Block(s) of scrambled bits may be modulated using QPSK.
- Block(s) of modulation symbols may be mapped to at least one layer and precoded resulting in a block of vectors representing the signal for at least one antenna port.
- PDCCH may be transmitted on the same set of antenna ports as the PBCH, wherein PBCH is a physical broadcast channel broadcasting at least one basic system information field.
- scheduling control packet(s) may be transmitted for packet(s) or group(s) of packets transmitted in downlink shared channel(s).
- Scheduling control packet(s) may include information about subcarriers used for packet transmission(s).
- PDCCH may also provide power control commands for uplink channels. OFDM subcarriers that are allocated for transmission of PDCCH may occupy the bandwidth of downlink carrier(s).
- PDCCH channel(s) may carry a plurality of downlink control packets in subframe(s).
- PDCCH may be transmitted on downlink carrier(s) starting from the first OFDM symbol of subframe(s), and may occupy up to multiple symbol duration(s) (e.g. 3 or 4).
- PHICH may carry the hybrid- ARQ
- PHICH resource(s) may be identified by the index pair (group, sequence), where group(s) may be the PHICH group number(s) and sequence(s) may be the orthogonal sequence index within the group(s).
- group may be the PHICH group number(s)
- sequence(s) may be the orthogonal sequence index within the group(s).
- the number of PHICH groups may depend on parameters from higher layers (RRC).
- RRC higher layers
- the number of PHICH groups may vary between downlink subframes according to a pre-defined arrangement.
- Block(s) of bits transmitted on one PHICH in one subframe may be modulated using BPSK or QPSK, resulting in a block(s) of complex- valued modulation symbols.
- Block(s) of modulation symbols may be symbol- wise multiplied with an orthogonal sequence and scrambled, resulting in a sequence of modulation symbols
- PCFICH, PHICH, PDCCH, and/or PDSCH may be supported.
- the configurations presented here are for example purposes.
- resources PCFICH, PHICH, and/or PDCCH radio resources may be transmitted in radio resources including a subset of subcarriers and pre-defined time duration in each or some of the subframes.
- PUSCH resource(s) may start from the first symbol.
- radio resource configuration(s) for PUSCH, PUCCH, and/or PRACH (physical random access channel) may use a different configuration.
- channels may be time multiplexed, or time/frequency multiplexed when mapped to uplink radio resources.
- control message(s) or control packet(s) may be scheduled for transmission in a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) and/or physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
- PDSCH and PUSCH may carry control and data message(s)/packet(s).
- Control message(s) and/or packet(s) may be processed before transmission.
- the control message(s) and/or packet(s) may be fragmented or multiplexed before transmission.
- a control message in an upper layer may be processed as a data packet in the MAC or physical layer.
- system information block(s) as well as data traffic may be scheduled for transmission in PDSCH.
- Data packet(s) may be encrypted packets.
- a wireless device may be preconfigured with one or more carriers.
- the base station and/or wireless device may activate and/or deactivate the configured carriers.
- One of the carriers (the primary carrier) may always be activated.
- Other carriers may be deactivated by default and/or may be activated by a base station when needed.
- a base station may activate and deactivate carriers by sending an activation/deactivation MAC control element.
- the UE may maintain a carrier deactivation timer per configured carrier and deactivate the associated carrier upon its expiry. The same initial timer value may apply to instance(s) of the carrier deactivation timer.
- the initial value of the timer may be configured by a network.
- the configured carriers (unless the primary carrier) may be initially deactivated upon addition and after a handover.
- a wireless device may activate the carrier, and/or may apply normal carrier operation including:
- the base station or device may deactivate the carrier, and may stop the carrier deactivation timer associated with the carrier, and/or may flush HARQ buffers associated with the carrier.
- the device may restart the carrier deactivation timer associated with the carrier.
- the wireless device may not transmit SRS (sounding reference signal) for the carrier, may not report CQI/PMI/RI for the carrier, may not transmit on UL-SCH for the carrier, may not monitor the PDCCH on the carrier, and/or may not monitor the PDCCH for the carrier.
- SRS sounding reference signal
- a process to assign subcarriers to data packets may be executed by a MAC layer scheduler.
- the decision on assigning subcarriers to a packet may be made based on data packet size, resources required for transmission of data packets (number of radio resource blocks), modulation and coding assigned to data packet(s), QoS required by the data packets (i.e. QoS parameters assigned to data packet bearer), the service class of a subscriber receiving the data packet, or subscriber device capability, a combination of the above, and/or the like.
- subcarriers may include data subcarrier symbols and pilot subcarrier symbols. Pilot symbols may not carry user data, and may be included in the transmission to help the receiver to perform synchronization, channel estimation and/or signal quality detection.
- Base stations and wireless devices may include data subcarrier symbols and pilot subcarrier symbols. Pilot symbols may not carry user data, and may be included in the transmission to help the receiver to perform synchronization, channel estimation and/or signal quality detection.
- Base stations and wireless devices may include data subcarrier symbols and pilot subcarrier symbols. Pilot symbols may not carry user data, and may be included in the transmission to help the receiver to perform synchronization, channel estimation and/or signal quality detection.
- wireless receiver may use different methods to generate and transmit pilot symbols along with information symbols.
- the transmitter in the disclosed embodiments of the present invention may be a wireless device (also called user equipment), a base station (also called eNodeB), a relay node transmitter, and/or the like.
- the receiver in the disclosed embodiments of the present invention may be a wireless device (also called user equipment-UE), a base station (also called eNodeB), a relay node receiver, and/or the like.
- layer 1 (physical layer) may be based on OFDMA or SC-FDMA. Time may be divided into frame(s) with fixed duration.
- Frame(s) may be divided into substantially equally sized subframes, and subframe(s) may be divided into substantially equally sized slot(s).
- a plurality of OFDM or SC-FDMA symbol(s) may be transmitted in slot(s).
- OFDMA or SC- FDMA symbol(s) may be grouped into resource block(s).
- a scheduler may assign resource(s) in resource block unit(s), and/or a group of resource block unit(s).
- Physical resource block(s) may be resources in the physical layer, and logical resource block(s) may be resource block(s) used by the MAC layer. Similar to virtual and physical subcarriers, resource block(s) may be mapped from logical to physical resource block(s).
- Logical resource block(s) may be contiguous, but corresponding physical resource block(s) may be non-contiguous.
- layer 2 transmission may include PDCP (packet data convergence protocol), RLC (radio link control), MAC (media access control) sub-layers, and/or the like.
- MAC may be responsible for the multiplexing and mapping of logical channels to transport channels and vice versa.
- a MAC layer may perform channel mapping, scheduling, random access channel procedures, uplink timing maintenance, and/or the like.
- the MAC layer may map logical channel(s) carrying RLC PDUs (packet data unit) to transport channel(s). For transmission, multiple SDUs (service data unit) from logical channel(s) may be mapped to the Transport Block (TB) to be sent over transport channel(s). For reception, TBs from transport channel(s) may be demultiplexed and assigned to corresponding logical channel(s).
- the MAC layer may perform scheduling related function(s) in both the uplink and downlink and thus may be responsible for transport format selection associated with transport channel(s). This may include HARQ functionality.
- the MAC layer may be responsible for reporting scheduling related information such as UE (user equipment or wireless device) buffer occupancy and power headroom. It may also handle prioritization from both an inter-UE and intra-UE logical channel perspective. MAC may also be responsible for random access procedure(s) for the uplink that may be performed following either a contention and non-contention based process. UE may need to maintain timing synchronization with cell(s). The MAC layer may perform procedure(s) for periodic synchronization.
- the MAC layer may be responsible for the mapping of multiple logical channel(s) to transport channel(s) during transmission(s), and demultiplexing and mapping of transport channel data to logical channel(s) during reception.
- a MAC PDU may include of a header that describes the format of the PDU itself, which may include control element(s), SDUs, Padding, and/or the like.
- the header may be composed of multiple sub-headers, one for constituent part(s) of the MAC PDU.
- the MAC may also operate in a transparent mode, where no header may be pre- pended to the PDU.
- Activation command(s) may be inserted into packet(s) using a MAC control element.
- the MAC layer in some wireless device(s) may report buffer size(s) of either a single Logical Channel Group (LCG) or a group of LCGs to a base station.
- An LCG may be a group of logical channels identified by an LCG ID. The mapping of logical channel(s) to LCG may be set up during radio configuration.
- Buffer status report(s) may be used by a MAC scheduler to assign radio resources for packet transmission from wireless device(s).
- HARQ and ARQ processes may be used for packet retransmission to enhance the reliability of radio transmission and reduce the overall probability of packet loss.
- modules may be implemented as modules.
- a module is defined here as an isolatable element that performs a defined function and has a defined interface to other elements.
- the modules described in this disclosure may be implemented in hardware, software in combination with hardware, firmware, wetware (i.e hardware with a biological element) or a combination thereof, all of which are behaviorally equivalent.
- modules may be implemented as a software routine written in a computer language configured to be executed by a hardware machine (such as C, C++, Fortran, Java, Basic, Matlab or the like) or a modeling/simulation program such as Simulink, Stateflow, GNU Script, or LabVIEWMathScript.
- modules using physical hardware that incorporates discrete or programmable analog, digital and/or quantum hardware.
- programmable hardware comprise: computers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs); field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs); and complex programmable logic devices (CPLDs).
- Computers, microcontrollers and microprocessors are programmed using languages such as assembly, C, C++ or the like.
- FPGAs, ASICs and CPLDs are often programmed using hardware description languages (HDL) such as VHSIC hardware description language
- VHDL Verilog
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
A first base station provides overlapping coverage area with each of a plurality of second base stations. The first base station is of a different base station type than the plurality of second base stations. Each of the plurality of second base stations transmits a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message comprises a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes comprises a plurality of special subframes.
Description
TITLE
Special Subframe Allocation in Wireless Networks
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/553,183, filed October 29, 2011, entitled "Dynamic Special Subframe Allocation," and U.S.
Provisional Application No. 61/553,184, filed October 29, 2011, entitled "Special Subframe Allocation," and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/553,185, filed October 29, 2011, entitled "Synchronized Network Transmission," and U.S. Provisional Application No.
61/553,186, filed October 29, 2011, entitled "Special Subframe Allocation in Heterogeneous Network," and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/553,188, filed October 29, 2011, entitled "Efficient Special Subframe Allocation," and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/553,190, filed October 29, 2011, entitled "Asymmetric Special Subframe Allocation," and U.S.
Provisional Application No. 61/567,097, filed December 5, 2011, entitled "Channel State Information Feedback," which are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL VIEWS OF THE DRAWINGS
Examples of several of the various embodiments of the present invention are described herein with reference to the drawings, in which:
FIG. 1 is a diagram depicting example sets of OFDM subcarriers as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention;
FIG. 2 is a diagram depicting an example transmission time and reception time for two carriers as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention;
FIG. 3 is a diagram depicting OFDM radio resources as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention;
FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a base station and a wireless device as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention;
FIG. 5 is a block diagram depicting a system for transmitting data traffic over an OFDM radio system as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention;
FIG. 6 is a diagram depicting an example heterogeneous network as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention;
FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a few example interference scenarios as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention;
FIG. 8 is a diagram depicting an example almost blank subframe as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention;
FIG. 9 is an example almost blank subframe configuration as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention; and
FIG. 10 is a diagram depicting an example wireless device configuration as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
Example embodiments of the present invention enable special subframe allocation in wireless communication systems. Embodiments of the technology disclosed herein may be employed, for example, in the technical field of heterogeneous wireless communication systems. More particularly, the embodiments of the technology disclosed herein may relate to providing dynamic special subframe allocation in heterogeneous wireless communication systems.
Example embodiments of the invention may be implemented using various physical layer modulation and transmission mechanisms. Example transmission mechanisms may include, but are not limited to: CDMA (code division multiple access), OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing), TDMA (time division multiple access), Wavelet technologies, and/or the like. Hybrid transmission mechanisms such as TDMA/CDMA, and OFDM/CDMA may also be employed. Various modulation schemes may be applied for signal transmission in the physical layer. Examples of modulation schemes include, but are not limited to: phase, amplitude, code, a combination of these, and/or the like. An example radio transmission method may implement QAM (quadrature amplitude modulation) using
BPSK (binary phase shift keying), QPSK (quadrature phase shift keying), 16-QAM, 64-QAM, 256-QAM, and/or the like. Physical radio transmission may be enhanced by dynamically or semi-dynamically changing the modulation and coding scheme depending on transmission requirements and radio conditions.
FIG. 1 is a diagram depicting example sets of OFDM subcarriers as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention. As illustrated in this example, arrow(s) in the diagram may depict a subcarrier in a multicarrier OFDM system. The OFDM system may use technology such as OFDM technology, SC-OFDM (single carrier-OFDM) technology, or the like. For example, arrow 101 shows a subcarrier transmitting information symbols. FIG. 1 is for illustration purposes, and a typical multicarrier OFDM system may include more subcarriers in a carrier. For example, the number of subcarriers in a carrier may be in the range of 10 to 10,000 subcarriers. FIG. 1 shows two guard bands 106 and 107 in a transmission band. As illustrated in FIG. 1, guard band 106 is between subcarriers 103 and subcarriers 104. The example set of subcarriers A 102 includes subcarriers 103 and
subcarriers 104. FIG. 1 also illustrates an example set of subcarriers B 105. As illustrated, there is no guard band between any two subcarriers in the example set of subcarriers B 105. Carriers in a multicarrier OFDM communication system may be contiguous carriers, noncontiguous carriers, or a combination of both contiguous and non-contiguous carriers.
FIG. 2 is a diagram depicting an example transmission time and reception time for two carriers as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention. A multicarrier OFDM communication system may include one or more carriers, for example, ranging from 1 to 10 carriers. Carrier A 204 and carrier B 205 may have the same or different timing structures. Although FIG. 2 shows two synchronized carriers, carrier A 204 and carrier B 205 may or may not be synchronized with each other. Different radio frame structures may be supported for FDD (frequency division duplex) and TDD (time division duplex) duplex mechanisms. FIG. 2 shows an example FDD frame timing. Downlink and uplink transmissions may be organized into radio frames 201. In this example, radio frame duration is 10 msec. Other frame durations, for example, in the range of 1 to 100 msec may also be supported. In this example, each 10 ms radio frame 201 may be divided into ten equally sized sub-frames 202. Other subframe durations such as including 0.5 msec, 1 msec, 2 msec, and 5 msec may also be supported. Sub-frame(s) may consist of two or more slots 206. For the example of FDD, 10 subframes may be available for downlink transmission and 10 subframes may be available for uplink transmissions in each 10 ms interval. Uplink and downlink transmissions may be separated in the frequency domain. Slot(s) may include a plurality of OFDM symbols 203. The number of OFDM symbols 203 in a slot 206 may depend on the cyclic prefix length and subcarrier spacing.
In an example case of TDD, uplink and downlink transmissions may be separated in the time domain. According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, each 10 ms radio frame may include two half-frames of 5 ms each. Half-frame(s) may include eight slots of length 0.5 ms and three special fields: DwPTS (Downlink Pilot Time Slot), GP (Guard Period) and UpPTS (Uplink Pilot Time Slot). The length of DwPTS and UpPTS may be configurable subject to the total length of DwPTS, GP and UpPTS being equal to 1ms. Both 5ms and 10ms switch-point periodicity may be supported. In an example, subframe 1 in all configurations and subframe 6 in configurations with 5ms switch-point periodicity may include DwPTS, GP and UpPTS. Subframe 6 in configurations with 10ms switch-point periodicity may include DwPTS. Other subframes may include two equally sized slots. For this TDD example, GP may be employed for downlink to uplink transition. Other subframes/fields may be assigned for either downlink or uplink transmission. Other frame structures in addition to the above
two frame structures may also be supported, for example in one example embodiment the frame duration may be selected dynamically based on the packet sizes.
FIG. 3 is a diagram depicting OFDM radio resources as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention. The resource grid structure in time 304 and frequency 305 is illustrated in FIG. 3. The quantity of downlink subcarriers or resource blocks (RB) (in this example 6 tolOO RBs) may depend, at least in part, on the downlink transmission bandwidth 306 configured in the cell. The smallest radio resource unit may be called a resource element (e.g. 301). Resource elements may be grouped into resource blocks (e.g. 302). Resource blocks may be grouped into larger radio resources called Resource Block Groups (RBG) (e.g. 303). The transmitted signal in slot 206 may be described by one or several resource grids of a plurality of subcarriers and a plurality of OFDM symbols.
Resource blocks may be used to describe the mapping of certain physical channels to resource elements. Other pre-defined groupings of physical resource elements may be implemented in the system depending on the radio technology. For example, 24 subcarriers may be grouped as a radio block for a duration of 5 msec.
Physical and virtual resource blocks may be defined. A physical resource block may be defined as N consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain and M consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, wherein M and N are integers. A physical resource block may include MxN resource elements. In an illustrative example, a resource block may correspond to one slot in the time domain and 180 kHz in the frequency domain (for 15 KHz subcarrier bandwidth and 12 subcarriers). A virtual resource block may be of the same size as a physical resource block. Various types of virtual resource blocks may be defined (e.g. virtual resource blocks of localized type and virtual resource blocks of distributed type). For various types of virtual resource blocks, a pair of virtual resource blocks over two slots in a subframe may be assigned together by a single virtual resource block number. Virtual resource blocks of localized type may be mapped directly to physical resource blocks such that sequential virtual resource block k corresponds to physical resource block k.
Alternatively, virtual resource blocks of distributed type may be mapped to physical resource blocks according to a predefined table or a predefined formula. Various configurations for radio resources may be supported under an OFDM framework, for example, a resource block may be defined as including the subcarriers in the entire band for an allocated time duration.
FIG. 4 is an example block diagram of a base station 401 and a wireless device 406, as per an aspect of an embodiment of the present invention. A communication network 400 may include at least one base station 401 and at least one wireless device 406. The base station
401 may include at least one communication interface 402, at least one processor 403, and at least one set of program code instructions 405 stored in non-transitory memory 404 and executable by the at least one processor 403. The wireless device 406 may include at least one communication interface 407, at least one processor 408, and at least one set of program code instructions 410 stored in non- transitory memory 409 and executable by the at least one processor 408. Communication interface 402 in base station 401 may be configured to engage in communication with communication interface 407 in wireless device 406 via a
communication path that includes at least one wireless link 411. Wireless link 411 may be a bi-directional link. Communication interface 407 in wireless device 406 may also be configured to engage in a communication with communication interface 402 in base station 401. Base station 401 and wireless device 406 may be configured to send and receive data over wireless link 411 using multiple frequency carriers. According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, transceiver(s) may be employed. A transceiver is a device that includes both a transmitter and receiver. Transceivers may be employed in devices such as wireless devices, base stations, relay nodes, and/or the like. Example embodiments for radio technology implemented in communication interface 402, 407 and wireless link 411 are illustrated are FIG. 1, FIG. 2, and FIG. 3. and associated text.
FIG. 5 is a block diagram depicting a system 500 for transmitting data traffic generated by a wireless device 502 to a server 508 over a multicarrier OFDM radio according to one aspect of the illustrative embodiments. The system 500 may include a Wireless Cellular Network/Internet Network 507, which may function to provide connectivity between one or more wireless devices 502 (e.g., a cell phone, PDA (personal digital assistant), other wirelessly-equipped device, and/or the like), one or more servers 508 (e.g. multimedia server, application servers, email servers, or database servers) and/or the like.
It should be understood, however, that this and other arrangements described herein are set forth for purposes of example only. As such, those skilled in the art will appreciate that other arrangements and other elements (e.g., machines, interfaces, functions, orders of functions, etc.) may be used instead, some elements may be added, and some elements may be omitted altogether. Further, as in most telecommunications applications, those skilled in the art will appreciate that many of the elements described herein are functional entities that may be implemented as discrete or distributed components or in conjunction with other components, and in any suitable combination and location. Still further, various functions described herein as being performed by one or more entities may be carried out by hardware, firmware and/or software logic in combination with hardware. For instance, various functions
may be carried out by a processor executing a set of machine language instructions stored in memory.
As shown, the access network may include a plurality of base stations 503... 504. Base station 503 ... 504 of the access network may function to transmit and receive RF (radio frequency) radiation 505 ... 506 at one or more carrier frequencies, and the RF radiation may provide one or more air interfaces over which the wireless device 502 may communicate with the base stations 503 ... 504. The user 501 may use the wireless device ( or UE: user equipment) to receive data traffic, such as one or more multimedia files, data files, pictures, video files, or voice mails, etc. The wireless device 502 may include applications such as web email, email applications, upload and ftp applications, MMS (multimedia messaging system) applications, or file sharing applications. In another example embodiment, the wireless device 502 may automatically send traffic to a server 508 without direct involvement of a user. For example, consider a wireless camera with automatic upload feature, or a video camera uploading videos to the remote server 508, or a personal computer equipped with an application transmitting traffic to a remote server.
One or more base stations 503 ... 504 may define a corresponding wireless coverage area. The RF radiation 505 ... 506 of the base stations 503 ... 504 may carry communications between the Wireless Cellular Network/Internet Network 507 and access device 502 according to any of a variety of protocols. For example, RF radiation 505 ... 506 may carry communications according to WiMAX (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access e.g., IEEE 802.16), LTE (long term evolution), microwave, satellite, MMDS (Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service), Wi-Fi (e.g., IEEE 802.11), Bluetooth, infrared, and other protocols now known or later developed. The communication between the wireless device 502 and the server 508 may be enabled by any networking and transport technology for example TCP/IP (transport control protocol/Internet protocol), RTP (real time protocol), RTCP (real time control protocol), HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) or any other networking protocol.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, an LTE network may include many base stations, providing a user plane (PDCP: packet data convergence protocol/RLC: radio link control/MAC: media access control/PHY: physical) and control plane (RRC: radio resource control) protocol terminations towards the wireless device. The base station(s) may be interconnected with other base station(s) by means of an X2 interface. The base stations may also be connected by means of an S 1 interface to an EPC (Evolved Packet Core). For example, the base stations may be interconnected to the MME (Mobility
Management Entity) by means of the Sl-MME interface and to the Serving Gateway (S-GW) by means of the Sl-U interface. The SI interface may support a many-to-many relation between MMEs / Serving Gateways and base stations. A base station may include many sectors for example: 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6 sectors. A base station may include many cells, for example, ranging from 1 to 50 cells or more. A cell may be categorized, for example, as a primary cell or secondary cell. When carrier aggregation is configured, a wireless device may have one RRC connection with the network. At RRC connection establishment/re- establishment/handover, one serving cell may provide the NAS (non-access stratum) mobility information (e.g. TAI-tracking area identifier), and at RRC connection re- establishment/handover, one serving cell may provide the security input. This cell may be referred to as the Primary Cell (PCell). In the downlink, the carrier corresponding to the PCell may be the Downlink Primary Component Carrier (DL PCC), while in the uplink, it may be the Uplink Primary Component Carrier (UL PCC). Depending on wireless device
capabilities, Secondary Cells (SCells) may be configured to form together with the PCell a set of serving cells. In the downlink, the carrier corresponding to an SCell may be a Downlink Secondary Component Carrier (DL SCC), while in the uplink, it may be an Uplink Secondary Component Carrier (UL SCC). An SCell may or may not have an uplink carrier.
A cell, comprising a downlink carrier and optionally an uplink carrier, is assigned a physical cell ID and a cell index. A carrier (downlink or uplink) belongs to only one cell, the cell ID or Cell index may also identify the downlink carrier or uplink carrier of the cell
(depending on the context it is used). In the specification, cell ID may be equally referred to a carrier ID, and cell index may be referred to carrier index. In implementation, the physical cell ID or cell index may be assigned to a cell. Cell ID may be determined using the
synchronization signal transmitted on a downlink carrier. Cell index may be determined using RRC messages. For example, when the specification refers to a first physical cell ID for a first downlink carrier, it may mean the first physical cell ID is for a cell comprising the first downlink carrier. The same concept may apply to, for example, carrier activation. When the specification indicates that a first carrier is activated, it equally means that the cell comprising the first carrier is activated.
Embodiments may be configured to operate as needed. The disclosed mechanism may be performed when certain criteria are met, for example, in wireless device, base station, radio environment, network, a combination of the above, and/or the like. Example criteria may be based, at least in part, on for example, traffic load, initial system set up, packet sizes, traffic characteristics, a combination of the above, and/or the like. When the one or more criteria are
met, the example embodiments may be applied. Therefore, it may be possible to implement example embodiments that selectively implement disclosed protocols.
FIG. 6 shows an example heterogeneous network in an example embodiment. The coverage and capacity of macro base station 601 may be extended by the utilization of base stations with lower transmit power. Micro, Pico, femto and relay nodes are examples of low power base stations. In an example embodiment, pico base stations (or pico-cell) 602, 603, and 607 may have transmit power ranges from approximately 200 mW to approximately 5 W. Macro base stations may have a transmit power that typically varies between 5 and 100 W. Femto base stations (or femto-cells) may be used for local services such as in indoor services, and their transmit power may be approximately 200 mW or less. These are just some example power ranges, and as such, should not be considered as a hard limit on the transmit power of a base station type. For example, some femto-cell product may transmit at a power greater than 200 mW. Femto or pico base stations 605, 606 may be configured with a restricted subscriber group that may allow access only to its closed subscriber group (CSG) members. Such femto or pico base stations may be referred to as closed femtos or picos. Femto or pico base stations may also be configured as open femtos 604 or picos 602, 603. Relay Nodes (e.g. 608) may employ the macro base stations air interface as a backhaul and may increase coverage and capacity of the macro base station. A network that comprises of a mix of macro base stations and low-power nodes such as pico or femto base stations, where some base stations may be configured with restricted access and some may lack a wired backhaul, is referred to as a heterogeneous network.
Femto cells may be classified as open or closed depending on whether the femto cells allow access to all, or to a restricted set of wireless devices. Closed femtos may restrict the access to a closed subscriber group (CSG). Open femtos may be similar to pico-cells, but may use the network backhaul provided by the home network. A femto cell may also be a hybrid, whereby many wireless devices may have access, but with lower priority for the wireless devices that do not belong to the femto's subscriber group. Closed femtos may not allow access to wireless devices, and may become a source of interference to those wireless devices. Co-channel deployments of closed femtos may cause coverage holes and hence outage of a size proportional to the transmit power of the femto-cell. Femto-cells may or may not have an X2 interface. OAM-based or X2 based techniques in conjunction with possibly autonomous power control techniques may be used for interference management with femto cells depending on the existence of a femto X2 interface. These techniques may reduce the outage
and/or interference that these network nodes cause around them and enable reception of the signal from the macro-cell in close proximity to the closed femto.
Co-channel deployment of low-power nodes and high power nodes may introduce new challenges. The introduction of low-power nodes in a macro network may create an imbalance between uplink and downlink coverage. Due to the larger transmit power of the macro base station, the handover boundary may be shifted closer to the low-power node. This shift may lead to severe uplink interference problems as wireless devices served by macro base stations create strong interference to the low-power nodes. Given the relatively small footprint of low- power nodes, low-power nodes may become underutilized due to geographic changes in data traffic demand. The limited coverage of low-power nodes may be a reason for limited performance gain in heterogeneous networks. Some of the deployed femto cells may have enforced restricted associations, which may create a coverage hole and may exacerbate the interference problem.
FIG. 7 illustrates a few example interference scenarios in an example embodiment. The solid arrow shows the desired signal, and the arrow with the dashed line shows the unwanted interference. Wireless device 701 may not be a member of CSG cell 705 and may be roaming in the coverage area of femto-cell 705. It may receive the signal from macro base station 708, and may receive high interference from CSG pico-cell 705. In another example, wireless device 702 may not be a member of CSG cell 706 and may be roaming in the coverage area of femto-cell 706. The wireless device 702 may transmit a signal to base station 708 in the macro base station uplink channel. The wireless device 702 may create high interference for femto-cell 706. The wireless device 703 may not be a member of CSG cell 707 and may be roaming in the coverage area of femto-cell 707. The wireless device 703 may be a member of CSG femto-cell 706 and may a transmit signal to femto-cell 706. The wireless device 703 may create high interference for femto-cell 707. In another example scenario, the wireless device 704 may be in the cell coverage edge of pico-cell 709. The wireless device 704 may receive a signal from pico-cell 709. The wireless device 704 may also receive high interference from macro base station 708. As shown in these examples, in order to cope with the interference, it may be required to introduce techniques that may adequately address these issues.
A new physical layer design in LTE networks may allow for flexible time and frequency resource partitioning. This added flexibility may enable macro- and femto/picocells to assign different time-frequency resource blocks within a carrier or different carriers (if available) to their respective wireless devices. This is one of the inter-cell interference
coordination (ICIC) techniques and may be used on a downlink or an uplink to mitigate interference. With additional complexity, joint processing of serving and interfering base station signals may further improve the performance of heterogeneous networks.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, cell range expansion through handover biasing and resource partitioning among different node power classes may decrease interference. The biasing mechanism may allow for load balancing. Depending on the bias value, the network may control the number of wireless devices associated with the low-power nodes and therefore control traffic demand at those nodes. Resource partitioning, which may be adaptive, may allow configuration and adjustment of interference protected resources, enabling wireless devices in a cell's expanded area to receive data. Resource partitioning techniques may mitigate uplink and downlink interference and allow non-CSG member wireless devices to receive service when in proximity of closed femto-base stations.
In a heterogeneous network, the network nodes may be deployed in the same frequency layer. Deploying low-power nodes at the same frequency layer as the (high-power) macro-cells may present interference problems in the case of closed femtos. Also, for the case of open access nodes (open femtos, pico-cells, and RNs), the coverage of the low-power nodes may be overshadowed by the transmissions of the high-power nodes. Interference
coordination techniques may solve these problems. A reduction of closed femto interference to the macro layer and a performance increase from the introduction of open access low- power nodes may be achieved by interference control techniques. To enable efficient support of co-channel deployment of heterogeneous networks, an interference management scheme may adapt to different traffic loads and different numbers of low-power nodes at various geographical areas.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, resource partitioning may be employed for interference management in co-channel deployments. To reach its full potential, resource partitioning may be paired with interference-cancellation-capable wireless devices. Similar approaches may be applied to micro, pico, femto, and relay nodes. Each node may have its own caveats. For example, the X2 backhaul link between the macro and relay base stations may be over an LTE air interface. In another example, closed femto cells may create their own interference challenges. Femto base stations may lack an X2 interface and employ static or dynamic interference management methods using OAM-based or similar solutions.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, adaptive interference management in LTE may be enabled through X2 backhaul coordination of resources used for
scheduling data traffic. The granularity of the negotiated resource may be a subframe. One of the various motivations behind resource partitioning may be to control interference and/or enable cell range expansion through cell biasing. In a typical case, cell range expansion may be enabled to improve system capacity, and a cell bias may be applied to low-power nodes. The bias value may refer to a threshold that triggers a handover between two cells. A positive bias may enable a wireless device to be handed over to a pico-cell when the difference in the signal strength from the macro- and pico-cells drop below a bias value. The high-power node (macro base station) may inform the low-power node (pico base station) of which resources may be utilized for scheduling macro wireless device and which subframes would remain unutilized (almost blank subframes). Low-power nodes may be made aware of the interference pattern from a high-power base station and may schedule a wireless device in the cell extended areas on subframes protected from high-power interference. That is, subframes corresponding to almost blank subframes at the high-power base station.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the X2 interface may enable direct base station to base station interface for inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC). Co-channel deployments of heterogeneous networks may require coordination of almost blank subframes. Almost blank subframes may reduce the interference created by the transmitting node while providing full legacy support. On almost blank subframes, base station may not schedule unicast traffic while it may transmit acquisition channels and common reference signal to provide legacy support. FIG. 8 shows an example almost blank subframe. In this example CRS (R0, Rl, R2, R3 signals) are transmitted only in the control region and are not transmitted in the data region. The interfering base station may still transmit PSS, SSS, PBCH, and RSs to support legacy terminals. Some interference still may exist. In this example, no data may be transmitted in almost blank subframes or data may be transmitted at a substantially lower power in almost blank subframes.
Interference coordination using almost blank subframes may be performed by means of a bitmap. Each bit in the bitmap may be mapped to a single subframe. The size of the bitmap may be, for example, 40 bits, resulting in the interference pattern repeating itself after 40 ms. FIG. 9 shows an example almost blank subframe configuration in an example embodiment. In this example embodiment, no data may be scheduled in almost blank subframes (ABS). In another embodiment, data may be scheduled in almost blank subframes at a substantially lower power. Subframes 901, 902, 903, and 904 may be configured as ABS in the macro base station. When a macro base station transmits an almost blank subframe, data may not be scheduled in that subframe (or data may be transmitted at a substantially lower
power). This may increase the coverage of the femto or pico base stations close to that macro base station. Subframes 905 and 906 may be configured as ABS in the femto base station. When the femto base station transmits an almost blank subframe, data may not be scheduled in that subframe (or data may be transmitted at a substantially lower power). This may increase coverage allowed for the macro base station or the neighboring femto base stations. In the example of FIG. 9, the almost blank subframe pattern may be repeated every 10 msec. This is just an example and various configurations may be possible. The almost blank subframe configuration may be changed dynamically according to load and traffic, time of the day, or many other parameters. In an example embodiment, based on the data traffic demand, the pattern may change as often as every 40 ms. The communication between nodes may be peer to peer. Or it may be in a master-slave relationship. The node creating dominant interference conditions may control which resources may be used to serve wireless devices in the cell range extension area. In an example scenario, a macro base station may be a master, and a pico base station may be a slave since cell range expansion would most frequently be established for pico base stations. The cell range expansion may be desirable for a macro base station as well. A use case for cell range expansion at the macro base station may be to reduce the number of handovers. In a scenario with a large number of high-mobility users, the number of handovers in the network may become a problem, for example when in the deployment of pico base stations the cells become small. The same resource partitioning schemes may then be utilized to allow high mobility macro wireless devices to remain attached to a macro-cell while deep inside coverage of a pico-cell. In this case, the pico base station may restrict scheduling data traffic on some resources, allowing coverage for high- mobility macro wireless devices.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, subframe resource partitioning may create an interference pattern that may require a new radio resource measurement paradigm. As dominant interference may potentially vary from one subframe to the other, in order to ensure radio resource management measurement accuracy, it may be needed to restrict measurements to a desired set of subframes. In an example embodiment, it may be desirable to define anchor interference-protected resources that may be utilized for radio resource measurement. The 40-bit bitmap may include indications of which subframes may have static protection from interference and therefore may be suitable for measurements. The remaining resources may change more often.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the serving base station may inform a wireless device of the set of subframes to which the wireless device
measurement may be restricted. A set of subframes may be configured for radio link monitoring and to check if the current connection is reliable enough. The same or a different set of subframes may be introduced for radio resource management, for example, a handover decision. An additional set of subframes may be signaled for the measurement for some neighboring base stations. This configuration may be relatively static and may not change rapidly. Another set of subframes may be configured in the wireless device for channel state information reporting and link adaptation. Two sets of subframes may be signaled to a wireless device for two different channel state information types. For example, one may be for almost blank subframes, and the other may be for normal subframes. This configuration may change dynamically depending on the network configuration.
FIG. 10 illustrates example channel state information bitmaps and an example radio link management bitmap. Subframe 1001 (subframe 3) is semi-statically configured as ABS and therefore it is used for radio link management in a wireless device in a victim base station. Subframes 1002, 1003, and 1004 (subframes 1, 6, and 8) are dynamically configured as ABS subframes. CSI bitmap 1 is used for a first channel state information measurement and CSI bitmap 2 is used for a second channel state information measurement. This is an example, and various configurations and bitmap lengths, such as 40 bits or 70 bits, may also be supported. When there is no X2 interface, a static OAM-based or similar solution may be employed. The same principle of extending coverage of one cell into the area covered by the other may be achieved. In this case, it may be the macro-cell service that needs to be extended into an area covered by the closed femto-cell.
The resource partitioning may reduce interference from the data channel. Interference from the acquisition channels and CRS signal may remain, since these signals may be transmitted for backward compatibility reasons. Subframe time shifting may be utilized in FDD systems to reduce collision of the acquisition channels between base stations of different power classes that require partitioning, but may not be employed in TDD systems.
Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be needed for cell range expansion to enable the wireless device to detect and acquire a weak cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be needed for handover and cell range expansion.
CRS interference mitigation may improve system performance. CRS interference may degrade turbo code performance and the overall signal-to-interference-plus-noise radio (SINR). Therefore, the potential gains of cell range expansion may be reduced. Given that
acquisition channels and CRS may be broadcast at high power targeting wireless devices at the cell edge, a robust wireless device solution is feasible.
One of the various rationales for the wireless device solution for the acquisition signals and CRS interference mitigation is that interference may be estimated and subtracted so that in the end it may not represent significant interference. Acquisition channels may be transmitted at the same location in cells, which means that the acquisition channels interference may comprise acquisition channels from neighboring interfering cells. This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller. A wireless device receiver first may decode the strongest signal, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
A similar procedure may be performed to remove CRS interference. The difference may be that CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high-power and low-power nodes may be reduced by CRS tone shifting. The procedure may be similar. If strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted.
RRC messages are used to configure wireless device configuration parameters related to almost blank configuration and measurements. An example RRC message configuration in an example embodiment is described in the following paragraphs. A subframe pattern bitmap may indicate the time domain measurement resource restriction pattern for primary or secondary carrier measurements (RSRP, RSRQ and the radio link monitoring). The bitmap length may be, for example, 40 bits. Another subframe bitmap may configure neighbor measurement patterns. A neighbor measurement bitmap along with the list of cells for which the neighbor measurement bitmap is applied may be transmitted to the wireless device. If the list of cells is not included, the wireless device may apply time domain measurement resource restrictions for neighbor cells. Time domain measurement resource restriction patterns may be applicable to neighbor cell RSRP and RSRQ measurements on a carrier frequency indicated by RRC. In an example embodiment, two CSI subframe pattern configuration bitmaps may be transmitted to the wireless device. Each bit map may be 40 bits long. The CSI configuration may include a channel quality index, a rank indicator, a precoding matrix indicator, a combination thereof, or the like.
A base station may broadcast an ABS subframe configuration employing MBSFN (multi-cast, broadcast, single frequency network) subframe configuration broadcast or unicast
messages. An example broadcast message is an RRC system information block. MBSFN or ABS subframe configurations may include a radio frame allocation period, a radio frame allocation offset, a subframe allocation bitmap, any combination of these parameters, or the like. A radio frame allocation period may be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 frames. A radio frame allocation offset may be a number between 1 to 7 subframes. A subframe allocation bitmap may be for one frame or four frames. Radio frames that contain MBSFN/ABS subframes may occur when equation (SFN mod radio Frame Allocation Period = radio Frame Allocation Offset) is satisfied. Values 1 and 2 may not be applicable to radio frame allocation period when four Frames are used.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a subframe allocation bitmap may define the subframes that are allocated for MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radio frame allocation period and the radio frame allocation offset. A subframe allocation bitmap for one frame may be six bits long and for four frames may be 24 bits long. In a bit-map indicating MBSFN/ABS subframe allocation in four consecutive radio frames, a "1" may denote that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN/ABS. The bitmap may be interpreted as follows: For FDD: Starting from the first radio frame and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation may apply to subframes #1, #2, #3 , #6, #7, and #8 in the sequence of the four radio-frames. For TDD: Starting from the first radio frame and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames. The last four bits may not be used. Uplink subframes may not be allocated.
Other example configurations may be implemented. For example,an MBSFN subframe configuration may be used to introduce ABS subframes and subframes used for scheduling release 10 or above wireless devices. For example, an MBSFN configuration may introduce subframe 1, 3, 6 and 8 as MBSFN subframes in a frame. Then MBSFN subframe 1 may be used for scheduling release 10 or above wireless devices, and MBSFN subframe 3, 6, and 8 may be used as almost blank subframes. Therefore, as seen in this example, MBSFN configuration may indicate other types of subframes in addition to almost blank subframes. In another configuration, a base station may use one or many of MBSFN subframes for broadcasting or multicasting services. In a typical scenario, in which MBSFN may be configured, for example, for four frames, with a period of 40 msec, various configurations for combining ABS, MBSFN, and release 10 or above subframes may be possible. In this specification, ABS subframes may be called special subframes.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, special subframes may be configured for the primary carrier (cell) as well as one or more secondary carriers (cells). The configuration parameters for the measurement parameters of the secondary carrier(s) may employ the bitmaps with the same length and format of the configuration parameters of the primary carrier. In an example embodiment, the configuration parameters of special subframes for one or more secondary carriers may be the same as the configuration parameters for the special subframe configuration of the primary carrier.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, non-backward compatible carriers may be configured with special subframes. In a non-backward compatible carrier special subframe, no common reference signal may be transmitted during the special subframe. Or, data and reference signals in a non-backward compatible carrier special subframe may be transmitted at a substantially lower power to ensure that no interference (to other cells) is observed during the special subframe.
Example embodiments of the invention may enable special subframe allocation in wireless communication systems. Other example embodiments may comprise a non-transitory tangible computer readable media comprising instructions executable by one or more processors to cause special subframe allocation in wireless communication systems. Yet other example embodiments may comprise an article of manufacture that comprises a non-transitory tangible computer readable machine-accessible medium having instructions encoded thereon for enabling programmable hardware to cause a device (e.g. wireless communicator, UE, base station, etc.) to enable special subframes allocation. The device may include processors, memory, interfaces, and/or the like. Other example embodiments may comprise
communication networks comprising devices such as base stations, wireless devices (or user equipment: UE), servers, switches, antennas, and/or the like.
A network may comprise a plurality of base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes. A first base station may comprise a communication interface, a processor, and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause the first base station to perform certain functions. According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may transmit a first message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first message may comprise an initial subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial plurality of subframes. The initial plurality of subframes may comprise an initial plurality of special subframes. After an increase in the number of the plurality of wireless devices or after an increase in the traffic load of the first base station by an amount greater
than a load value, the first base station may transmit a second message. The second message may comprise an updated subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes. The second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated plurality of special subframes. The updated plurality of special subframes may comprise a smaller number of special subframes than the initial plurality of special subframes. During the majority of symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe (non-special subframe). Non-special subframes may also be called regular subframes. Data and reference signals during a special subframe may be transmitted at a substantially lower power to ensure that no interference (to other cells) is observed during the special subframe.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may transmit a first message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first message may comprise an initial subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial plurality of subframes. The initial plurality of subframes may comprise an initial plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices or after a decrease in the traffic load of the first base station by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may transmit a second message. The second message may comprise an updated subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes. The second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated plurality of special subframes. The updated plurality of special subframes may comprise a greater number of special subframes than the initial plurality of special subframes. During the majority of symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may transmit a first message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first message may comprise at least one of the following: a) an initial subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) an initial subframe allocation offset i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) an initial subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l<k < n. The bitmap may apply to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets SFN mod n = i criterion. The initial plurality of subframes may comprise an initial plurality of special subframes.
After an increase or decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices or after an increase or decrease in the traffic load of the first base station by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may transmit a second message. The second message may comprise at least one of the following: a) the initial subframe allocation repetition period, b) the initial subframe allocation offset, and an updated subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes. The second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated plurality of special subframes. The updated plurality of special subframes may comprise a smaller or greater number (respectively corresponding to increase or decrease in the number of wireless devices or the traffic load) of special subframes than the initial plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first message may comprise an initial first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial first plurality of subframes. The initial first plurality of subframes may comprise an initial first plurality of special subframes. Each of at least one second base station may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the at least one second base station, the second message may comprise an initial second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial second plurality of subframes. The initial second plurality of subframes may comprise an initial second plurality of special subframes. There may be a coverage overlap between the first base station and each of the at least one second base station.
After an increase or decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices or after an increase or decrease in the traffic load of the first base station by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may transmit a third message. The third message may comprise an updated first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated first plurality of subframes. The updated first plurality of subframes may comprise an updated first plurality of special subframes. The updated first plurality of special subframes may comprise a smaller or greater number (respectively corresponding to increase or decrease in the number of wireless devices or the traffic load) of special subframes than the initial first plurality of special subframes. Each of the at least one second base station may transmit a fourth message. For each of the at least one second base station, the fourth message may comprise an updated
second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated second plurality of subframes. The updated second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated second plurality of special subframes. The updated second plurality of special subframes may comprise a greater or smaller number (respectively corresponding to increase or decrease in the number of wireless devices or the traffic load) of special subframes than the initial second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe (called non-special subframes or regular subframes).
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a network comprises a plurality of base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) and may be further divided into N subframes. N is an integer greater than one. A first base station may transmit a first message to a fist plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first message may comprise at least one of the following: a) an initial first subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) an initial first subframe allocation offset i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) an initial first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial first plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l<k < n. The bitmap may apply to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets (SFN mod n = i) criterion. The initial first plurality of subframes may comprise an initial first plurality of special subframes.
Each of at least one second base station may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the at least one second base station, the second message may comprise at least one of the following: a) the initial first subframe allocation repetition period, b) the initial first subframe allocation offset, and c) an initial second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial second plurality of subframes. The initial second plurality of subframes may comprise an initial second plurality of special subframes. There is a coverage overlap between the first base station and each of the at least one second base station.
After an increase or decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices or after an increase or decrease in the traffic load of the first base station by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may transmit a third message. The third message may comprise an updated first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated first plurality of subframes. The updated first plurality of subframes may comprise an updated first plurality of
special subframes. The updated first plurality of special subframes may comprise a smaller or greater number (respectively corresponding to increase or decrease in the number of wireless devices or the traffic load) of special subframes than the initial first plurality of special subframes.
Each of the at least one second base station may transmit a fourth message. For each of the at least one second base station, the fourth message may comprise an updated second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated second plurality of subframes. The updated second plurality of subframes may comprise an updated second plurality of special subframes. The updated second plurality of special subframes may comprise a greater or smaller
(respectively corresponding to increase or decrease in the number of wireless devices or the traffic load) number of special subframes than the initial second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe. In a special subframe, a base station transmits a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe.
Example embodiments enable dynamic configuration of special subframes and dynamic adaptation of special subframes in one or more base stations to adapt to changes in the traffic load of one or more base stations. Such a dynamic configuration may increase air interface and backhaul overhead. Additional overhead in signaling may include additional RRC messages and additional X2 application protocol messages. The gains in air interface efficiency maybe due to reduction in the special subframes in some of the cells with relatively high load. This may reduce the packet congestion in those cells and reduce packet transmission delay and/or packet loss and may increase cell throughput. Some of the network simulations/analysis shows that the benefits in air interface efficiency gains may be more than the negative impact due to additional overhead. The example embodiments may add additional complexity in network operations, but instead it may increase the overall spectral efficiency in the network. The dynamic operation may be triggered when the load is decreased by an amount greater than a load value or decreases by an amount greater than a load value. Therefore, the operation may be performed selectively, by one or more base stations, and may be communicated to one or more other base stations. This dynamic configuration is different from other methods employed to increase cell capacity. It may require transmission and reception of additional RRC reconfiguration messages to reconfigure the air interface
parameters in wireless devices in the coverage area and may require transmission and reception of additional X2 interface messages to other base stations.
The third message and the fourth message may comprise the initial first subframe allocation repetition period and the initial first subframe allocation offset. Base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second initial plurality of special subframes. Base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second updated plurality of special subframes. n may be equal to 2 wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 and i may be smaller than n. k may be equal to one or four. N may be equal to ten. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may comprise at least one carrier.
Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10. p may be equal to 8. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2^m_p) frames. The timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-p least significant bits. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the same system frame number if the frames are transmitted substantially at the same time. The (m-p) least significant bits of the system frame number may be broadcast by encoding control blocks in the physical broadcast channel over 2^m_p) frames. Sequential position of the encoded control blocks determining the (m-p) least significant bits.
For an FDD network, special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number one, two, three, six, seven, and eight in each frame, wherein subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero. For a TDD network, special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number three, four, seven, eight and nine in each frame, wherein subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero. The first message, the second message, and the fourth message may be broadcasted using physical downlink shared channel.
The first message, the second message, and the fourth message may be broadcasted using system information blocks. A base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
A base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
The first base station may transmit a plurality of unicast messages to a subset of the first plurality of wireless devices. The plurality of unicast messages may configure at least one of the following: a) measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices, and b) measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices. The traffic carried by the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases.
There may be an X2 interface between the first base station and each of the second plurality of base stations. After an increase in the number of the first plurality of wireless devices, the first base station may transmit a message to each of the at least one second base station. The message may comprise a first pattern bitmap indicating the updated first special subframe allocation. The message may further comprise a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of the special subframes indicated by the first pattern bitmap used to configure measurement parameters for a subset of the second plurality of wireless devices. Each of the at least one second base station may acknowledge the receipt of the message.
The first base station may have a substantially higher transmit power than each of the at least one second base station. The updated first plurality of special subframes may be a subset of the initial first plurality of special subframes. The initial second plurality of special subframes may be a subset of the updated second plurality of special subframes. Each of the plurality of second base stations may configure the initial and updated second plurality of special subframes based on messages received from the first base station on an X2 interface between the first base station and each of the plurality of second base stations. The first plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 and beyond devices.
The second plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices. The initial first subframe allocation bitmap, the updated first subframe allocation bitmap, the initial second subframe allocation bitmap, and the updated second subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long. An example of special subframes is almost blank subframe.
A network may comprise a plurality of base stations. A first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially different power than a plurality of second base stations. This may result in the first base station being in a different power class. The first base station may be of a different base station type than the second base stations. The base station type, for example, may be one of the following: femto base station type, pico base station type, micro base station type, macro base station type, relay type, and/or the like. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes. Each of the plurality of second base stations and the first base station may provide overlapping coverage in at least a region in the service area of the network. In an example embodiment, each of the plurality of second base stations may configure a second plurality of special subframes. During the majority of (most) symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe. The base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of second base stations, the second message may comprise a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes. The second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe (may be called non-special subframes or regular subframes). The base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first message may comprise a first subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes. The first plurality of subframes may comprise a first plurality of special subframes. Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of second base stations, the second message may comprise a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a
second plurality of subframes. The second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes. All the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe. The first plurality of special subframes and the second plurality of special subframes may not substantially overlap in time (may be two sets of disjoint subframes or equally may not share the same subframe).
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of second base stations, the second message may comprise at least one of the following: a) a second subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a second subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l<k < n. The bitmap may apply to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets SFN mod n = i criterion. The second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe. The base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same second subframe allocation repetition period, the same second subframe allocation offset, and the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) and may further be divided into N subframes. N is an integer greater than one. The first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first message may comprise at least one of the following: a) a first subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a first subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a fist subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l<k < n. The bitmap may apply
to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets SFN mod n = i criterion. The first plurality of subframes may comprise a first plurality of special subframes.
Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of second base stations, the second message may comprise at least one of the following: a) the first subframe allocation repetition period, b) the first subframe allocation offset, and c) a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes. The second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes. All the base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe. The first plurality of special subframes and the second plurality of special subframes may be disjoint.
Example embodiments enable configuration of special subframes in one or more base stations. Changes in special subframe allocation in one base station may result in changes in special subframe allocation of a plurality of base stations. Such a configuration may increase air interface and backhaul overhead. Additional overhead in signaling may include additional RRC messages and additional X2 application protocol messages. The gains in air interface efficiency maybe due to reduction in inter-cell interference in the network. This may reduce interference and may reduce packet loss and may increase cell throughput. Some of the network simulations/analyses show that the benefits in air interface efficiency gains may be more than the negative impact due to additional overhead. The example embodiments may add additional complexity in network operations; instead it may increase the overall spectral efficiency in the network. Novel constraints are introduced in special subframe allocation among base stations of different types. A change in special subframe allocation of a high power base station may be communicated to many other low power base stations. Required communications between base stations are introduced to satisfy these constraints. These novel constraints and required communications may increase network complexity; instead they may increase network performance. Therefore, the operation may be performed selectively, by one or more base stations, and may be communicated to one or more other base stations. This dynamic configuration is different from other methods employed to increase cell capacity. It may require transmission and reception of additional RRC reconfiguration messages to
reconfigure the air interface parameters in wireless devices in the coverage area and may require transmission and reception of additional X2 interface messages to other base stations.
In a special subframe, a base station may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe. n may be equal to 7) , wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. i may be smaller than n. k may be equal to one or four. N may be equal to ten. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may comprise at least one carrier. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the p most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10. p may be equal to 8. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2(m-p) frames. The timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-p least significant bits. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the same system frame number if the frames are transmitted substantially at the same time. The (m-p) least significant bits of the system frame number may be broadcast by encoding control blocks in the physical broadcast channel over 2^m_p) frames. Sequential position of the encoded control blocks determining the (m-p) least significant bits.
In a FDD system, special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number one, two, three, six, seven, and eight in each frame. Subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero. In a TDD system, special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number three, four, seven, eight and nine in each frame. Subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero. The first message and the second message may be broadcasted using physical downlink shared channel. The first message and the second message may be broadcasted using system information blocks. A base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe. A base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe. A base station may transmit a plurality of unicast messages to a subset of the first plurality of wireless devices. The plurality of unicast messages may configure: a) measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the
first plurality of wireless devices, or b) measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
After an increase in the number of the first plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the first plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may increase the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After an increase in the traffic load of the first base station by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the first base station by an amount greater than a load value, the first base station may increase the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. The traffic carried by the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases.
There may be an X2 interface between the first base station and each of the second plurality of base stations. The first base station may transmit a message to each of the at least one second base station. The message may comprise a first pattern bitmap indicating the first special subframe allocation. The message may further comprise a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of the special subframes indicated by the first pattern bitmap used to configure measurement parameters for a subset of the second plurality of wireless devices.
Each of the at least one second base station acknowledges the receipt of the message. The first base station has a substantially higher transmit power than each of the plurality of second base stations.
Frame and subframe transmission of the first base station and each of the second plurality of base stations may be substantially synchronized. Each of the plurality of second base stations may configure the second plurality of special subframes based on messages received from the first base station on an X2 interface between the first base station and each of the plurality of second base stations. The first plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 and beyond wireless devices. The second plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices. The first subframe allocation bitmap and the second subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long. An example of special subframes is almost blank subframes.
A network comprises a plurality of base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN). In an example embodiment, each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit the system frame number. Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID. The transmission of the synchronization signals may be substantially time aligned among the plurality of base stations. Transmission of the synchronization signal of each base station in the plurality of base stations are substantially time aligned with transmission of other synchronization signals of other base stations in the plurality of base station. All the base stations in the plurality of base stations may transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time. In an example embodiment, the term substantially may be employed to show that the synchronization may not be perfect due to inherent synchronization errors or inaccuracy in the synchronization mechanism.
In this disclosure, phrases such as "each base station in a plurality of base stations," "all base station in a plurality of base stations," or the like refer to select base stations that are similarly configured in a group of base stations. It is possible that there may be more base stations in a network that are configured to perform differently. In those cases, the phrases do not necessarily include those differently configured base stations. Additionally, similar phrases that refer to other devices such as wireless devices, etc. may also have a similar interpretation. For example, in a give network, there may be a base station in the network that is not synchronized with other base stations, and therefore may not be considered in the set of the plurality of base stations.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN). Each frame may be further divided into a plurality of subframes. Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit the system frame number. Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit a synchronization signal indicating a cell (carrier) ID. The transmission of the synchronization signals may be substantially time aligned among the plurality of base stations. The base stations transmitting in substantial time alignment during each frame in the plurality of frames, a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID.
Each base station in the plurality of base stations may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of base stations, the message may comprise at least one of: a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of p frames, wherein p is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a subframe allocation offset i, wherein i
is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l<k < p. The bitmap may apply to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets SFN mod p = i criterion. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe. All the base stations in the plurality of base stations may transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) represented by m bits. Each frame may further be divided into a plurality of N subframes, wherein N is an integer greater than one. Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit the n most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel. Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit implicitly the m-n least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2^m_n) frames. The timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-n least significant bits. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may transmit a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID. The transmission of the synchronization signals are substantially time aligned among the plurality of base stations. All the base stations in the plurality of base stations may transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) represented by m bits. Each frame may further be divided into a plurality of N subframes, wherein N is an integer greater than one. Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit the n most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel. Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit implicitly the m-n least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2 (m_n) frames. The timing of the coded physical broadcast channel determines the m-n least significant bits.
Each base station in the plurality of base stations, in each frame, may transmit a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID. The transmission of the synchronization signals are substantially time aligned among the plurality of base stations. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of base stations, the message may comprise at least one of the following: a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of p frames, wherein p is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l<k < p. The bitmap may apply to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets SFN mod p = i criterion. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe. All the base stations in the plurality of base stations may transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
A base station, in a special subframe, may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe. p may be equal to 7) , wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. i may be smaller than p. k may be equal to one or four. N may be equal to ten. The base station may comprise at least one carrier, m may be equal to 10. n may be equal to 8. The message may be transmitted using physical downlink shared channel. The message may be broadcasted using system information blocks. The base station may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe. The base station may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe.
After an increase in the number of the plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may increase the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After an increase in the traffic load of the base station by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the base station by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may
increase the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. The traffic carried by the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases.
The subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long. The synchronization signal may comprise a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal. The primary synchronization signal may be generated using a frequency-domain Zadoff-Chu sequence. The primary synchronization signal may be mapped to the last OFDM symbol in slots 0 and 10 for FDD frame structure. The primary synchronization signal may be mapped to the third OFDM symbol in subframes 1 and 6 for TDD frame structure. The secondary synchronization signal may be generated using an interleaved concatenation of two length-31 binary sequences. The concatenated sequence may be scrambled with a scrambling sequence given by the primary synchronization signal. The secondary synchronization signal may differ between subframe 0 and subframe 5. The first plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 and beyond wireless devices. An example of special subframes is almost blank subframes.
Example embodiments enable synchronized transmission among the base stations. In an example embodiment, not only frame transmissions are substantially synchronized among different base stations, but also system frame number transmissions are synchronized among different base stations. The same system frame number is transmitted during frames transmitted substantially synchronously. Different cells of the same base station and different cells belonging to different base stations may transmit the same system frame number during the same frame that is transmitted substantially at the same time. Example embodiments, among other things, may enable an efficient configuration of special subframes in one or more base stations and/or may enable a more efficient inter-cell interference management. Such a complex synchronization among cells of the same base station and cells belonging to different base stations may increase backhaul overhead and network complexity. Additional complexity in network architecture may include additional mechanisms for frame synchronization among different base stations as well as mechanisms for synchronization in transmitting the same system frame number during synchronized frames. GPS assisted or packet based
synchronization mechanisms may be enhanced to include SFN synchronization among the base stations. The gains in air interface efficiency maybe due to reduction in inter-cell interference. This may reduce the packet loss and may increase cell throughput. Some of the
network simulations/analysis shows that the benefits in air interface efficiency gains may be more than the negative impact due to additional network complexity and overhead. The example embodiments may add additional complexity in network operations, but instead it may increase the overall spectral efficiency in the air interface. The synchronized operation may be triggered if the advantages in SFN synchronization is more beneficial compared to disadvantages due to the additional network complexity. Therefore, the operation may be performed selectively, by one or more base stations. This synchronized configuration is different from other network synchronization methods employed in, for example, TDD systems. It may require transmission and reception of additional messages to ensure synchronization in system frame number transmission (the same number is transmitted during the simultaneous frames of different base stations). This mechanism may require transmission and reception of additional X2 and/or SI interface messages or additional GPS assisted mechanisms.
In an example embodiment, a system frame number coordinator may coordinate the transmission of the same system frame number in frames of different base stations. Control messages may trigger multiple base stations to start or re-start the SFN transmission at the same time starting from the same initial number. This mechanism requires additional complexity compared with transmission of the same SFN in frames of different cells of the same base station, since it requires protocols/mechanisms for coordination among many base stations. When a new base station is added to the network, additional mechanisms may be required to communicate with the new base station and ensure that the new base station transmits the same system frame number along with other base stations in the network. This may be achieved via control messages transmitted via X2 and/or SI interface. In an example embodiment, a system frame number coordinator may communicate/transmit messages to the existing and new base stations to synchronize SFN transmission. Distributed algorithms and/or GPS bases algorithms may also be developed to ensure SFN synchronization among base stations.
A network comprises a plurality of base stations. A first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially different power than a plurality of second base stations and a plurality of third base stations. This may result in the first base station being in a different power class than the plurality of second base stations and the plurality of third base stations. In other words, the first base station may be of a different base station type than the plurality of second base stations and the plurality of third base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a
plurality of subframes. Each of the plurality of second base stations and the first base station may provide overlapping coverage in at least a region in the service area of the network. Each of the plurality of third base stations and the first base station may provide overlapping coverage in at least a region in the service area of the network. In the specification, an example of special subframe may be the almost blank subframe. According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, each of the plurality of second base stations may allow regular access to wireless devices subscribed to the network. Each of the plurality of second base stations may configure a second plurality of special subframes. The base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. Each of the plurality of third base stations, may allow regular access to only a restricted subset of wireless devices subscribed to the network, and may reject regular access to other subscribers or allow a lower priority access. Each of the plurality of third base stations, may configure a third plurality of special subframes. At least two base stations in the plurality of third base stations may identify different set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. The regular access may be the access that is due to subscription of a device in the network. In one example embodiment, for example, guest access, access with low priority, or access with no guaranteed QoS, and/or the like may not be considered a regular access. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, each of the plurality of second base stations may allow regular access to wireless devices subscribed to the network. Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of second base stations, the second message may comprise a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes. The second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes. The base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. Each of the plurality of third base stations may allow regular access to only a restricted subset of wireless devices subscribed to the network. Each of the plurality of third base stations may transmit a third message to a third plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of third base stations, the third message may comprise a third subframe allocation bitmap indicating a third plurality of subframes. The third plurality of subframes may
comprise a third plurality of special subframes. At least two base stations in the plurality of third base stations configure different sets of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first message may comprise a first subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes. The first plurality of subframes may comprise a first plurality of special subframes. Each of the plurality of second base stations may allow regular access to wireless devices subscribed to the network. Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of second base stations, the second message may comprise a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes. The second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes. The base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. The first plurality of special subframes and the second plurality of special subframes may not substantially overlap in time (may be two sets of disjoint subframes or equally may not share the same subframe).
Each of the plurality of third base stations may allow regular access to only a restricted subset of wireless devices subscribed to the network. Each of the plurality of third base stations may transmit a third message to a third plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of third base stations, the third message may comprise a third subframe allocation bitmap indicating a third plurality of subframes. The third plurality of subframes may comprise a third plurality of special subframes. At least two base stations in the plurality of third base stations may not configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may transmit a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first message may comprise a first subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of
subframes. The first plurality of subframes may comprise a first plurality of special subframes. Each of the plurality of second base stations may allow regular access to wireless devices subscribed to the network. Each of the plurality of second base stations may transmit a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of second base stations, the second message may comprise at least one of: a) a second subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, b) a second subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and c) a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l<k < n. The bitmap may apply to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets SFN mod n = i criterion.
The second plurality of subframes may comprise a second plurality of special subframes. The base stations in the plurality of second base stations may configure the same second subframe allocation repetition period, the same second subframe allocation offset, and the same set of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. The first plurality of special subframes and the second plurality of special subframes are disjoint. Each of the plurality of third base stations may allow regular access to only a restricted subset of wireless devices subscribed to the network. Each of the plurality of third base stations may transmit a third message to a third plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. For each of the plurality of third base stations, the third message may comprise at least one of: the second special subframe allocation repetition period, the second special subframe allocation offset, and a third subframe allocation bitmap indicating a third plurality of subframes. The third plurality of subframes may comprise a third plurality of special subframes. At least two base stations in the plurality of third base stations may configure (identify) different sets of subframes as the second plurality of special subframes. During most symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first message may further comprise the second special subframe allocation period and the second special subframe allocation offset. A base station, in a special subframe, may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe. n may be equal to 7) , wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. i may be smaller than n. k may be equal to one or four. N may be equal to ten.
Each base station in the plurality of base stations comprises at least one carrier. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the p most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10. p may be equal to 8. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2(m_P) frames, wherein the timing of the coded physical broadcast channel determines the m- p least significant bits. The (m-n) least significant bits of the system frame number may be broadcast by encoding control blocks in the physical broadcast channel over 2(m~n-) frames. Sequential position of the encoded control blocks determining the (m-n) least significant bits.
Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast the same system frame number if the frames are transmitted substantially at the same time.
In a FDD system, special subframes may be a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number one, two, three, six, seven, and eight in each frame, wherein subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero. In a TDD system, special subframes are a subset of subframes consisting of subframes number three, four, seven, eight and nine in each frame, wherein subframe numbers in each frame start from number zero. The first message, the second message, and the third message may be broadcasted using physical downlink shared channel. The first message, the second message, and the third message may be broadcasted using system information blocks. A base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe. A base station in the plurality of base stations may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe. A base station may transmit a plurality of unicast messages to a subset of the first plurality of wireless devices. The plurality of unicast messages may configure measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices, and/or measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
After an increase in the number of the first plurality of wireless devices, the first base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the first plurality of wireless devices, the first base station may increase the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special
subframes. After an increase in the traffic load of the first base station, the first base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the first base station, the first base station may increase the number of special subframes in the first plurality of special subframes. The traffic carried by the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the first base station may increase, when the number of the first plurality of wireless devices increases.
There may be an X2 interface between the first base station and each of the second plurality of base stations. The first base station may transmit a message to each of the at least one second base station. The message may comprise a first pattern bitmap indicating the first special subframe allocation. The message may further comprise a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of the special subframes indicated by the first pattern bitmap used to configure measurement parameters for a subset of the second plurality of wireless devices. Each of the at least one second base station acknowledges the receipt of the message.
The first base station may have a substantially higher transmit power than each of the plurality of second base stations and each of the plurality of third base stations. Frame and subframe transmission of the first base station and each of the second plurality of base stations and each of the plurality of third base stations may be substantially synchronized. Each of the plurality of second base stations may configure the second plurality of special subframes based on messages received from the first base station on an X2 interface between the first base station and each of the plurality of second base stations. The third plurality of special subframes may be configured in each of the plurality of third base stations using an OAM system. The third plurality of special subframes may be configured in each of the plurality of third base stations using an X2 interface between each of the plurality of third base stations and the first base station. Each of the plurality of third base stations may broadcast a CSG indicator. Each of the plurality of third base stations may broadcast a CSG identity. Each of the third plurality of wireless devices may be configured with a CSG white-list including the CSG identity of a base station in the plurality of third base stations. At least two base stations in the third plurality of base stations may broadcast different CSG identities. The at least two base stations in the third plurality of base stations may not broadcast the same CSG identity. The at least two base stations in the third plurality of base stations may provide overlapping coverage area in at least a region in the service area of the network. The first plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or may further comprise subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices.
The second plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or may comprise subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices. The first, second and third subframe allocation bitmaps may be 6 bits or 24 bits long.
Example embodiments enable configuration of special subframes in one or more base stations. Changes in special subframe allocation in one base station may result in changes in special subframe allocation of a plurality of base stations. Such a configuration may increase air interface and backhaul overhead. Additional overhead in signaling may include additional RRC messages and additional X2 application protocol messages. The gains in air interface efficiency maybe due to reduction in inter-cell interference in the network. This may reduce interference and may reduce packet loss and may increase cell throughput. Some of the network simulations/analyses show that the benefits in air interface efficiency gains may be more than the negative impact due to additional overhead. The example embodiments may add additional complexity in network operations; instead it may increase the overall spectral efficiency in the network. Novel constraints are introduced in special subframe allocation among base stations of different types. A change in special subframe allocation of a high power base station may be communicated to many other low power base stations. Among low power base stations, constraints applied on special subframe allocation of CSG cells is different than the constraints applied on special subframe allocation of non-CSG cells.
Required communications between base stations are introduced to satisfy these constraints. These novel constraints and required communications may increase network complexity; instead they may increase network performance. Therefore, the operation may be performed selectively, by one or more base stations, and may be communicated to one or more other base stations. This dynamic configuration is different from other methods employed to increase cell capacity. It may require transmission and reception of additional RRC reconfiguration messages to reconfigure the air interface parameters in wireless devices in the coverage area and may require transmission and reception of additional X2 interface messages to other base stations.
A network comprises a plurality of base stations. Transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes. A base station may comprise a communication interface, a processor, and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause the base station to perform certain functions. The example embodiments provide an efficient special subframe allocation. In an example embodiment, the special subframes may be almost blank subframes. Efficient
special subframe allocations proposed in the example embodiments may increase radio link efficiency, may provide improved quality of service, and may limit delay and/or jitter in the radio link. During the majority of symbols of a special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a special subframe (non-special subframe or regular subframe).
Subframe allocation bitmaps may enable a very large number of possibilities in configuring special subframes in a sequence of frames. For example, a 40 bit length bitmap may allow more than tens of thousands (or millions) of possible configurations for special subframe allocations. There is a need to determine which configurations provide a better performance and efficiency in the air interface compared with other possible configurations. The analyses to determine a suitable pattern requires analyses of LTE radio interface packet transmission methods (PHY/MAC/RLC/PDCP), analysis of the effects and interactions between a base station and its neighboring base stations, and the analyses of simulation results of a wireless network implementing special subframe configurations. In this specification, for example, special subframes pattern 4, pattern 2, pattern 3A, and pattern 3B are introduced. These patterns may result in improved performance and reduced packet transmission delay in the wireless network. A pattern may be selected for configuration of a cell, depending on a cell's traffic demand, QoS requirements, load, neighboring cell configuration, neighboring cell load, base station type, and/or the like.
LTE radio interface may not operate in its optimal condition if synchronization signals (SS: PSS and SSS) and physical broadcast channel (PBCH) signals are not transmitted in one or more frames in a sequence of frames. SS signals may be transmitted in subframes #0 and 5. PBCH signals may be transmitted in subframe #0. Many of possible special subframe configurations may result in muting SS and PBCH signals in one or more frames. Air interface operation may be improved if the first (subframe #0) and sixth subframe (subframe #5) are not configured as special subframe. This limitation may limit the possible
configurations for special subframe to 8 or less subframes in a frame.
Considering the limitations introduced in the previous paragraph, for an improved HARQ operation in the physical layer, subframes #5 and #9 may not be configured as a special subframe. In an improved special subframe configuration, subframes # 0, 4, 5, 9 may not be configured as special subframes. In an example embodiment, subframes that are employed for transmission of paging channel and system information block one (SIB1) may not be suitable for special subframe configuration. The above limitations, would further limit
the configuration of special subframes to subframes # 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8. Such a limitation may reduce the number of special subframe configuration possibilities. The above limitations still provide a very large number of possibilities for special subframe configuration, and there is a need for further analyses to provide a limited number of configuration possibilities with improved performance. One of the objectives of some of example embodiments is to introduce a limited number of configurations, where each one may provide improved performance in a specific scenario.
In a network with special subframe configuration, interfering cells with overlapping coverage area may have non-overlapping special subframe configuration to reduce inter-cell interference and improve air interface spectral efficiency. For example, in a macro cell, subframe #1 and 2 may be configured as special subframe. In a pico cell in the macro cell coverage area, subframes #3, 6, 7, and 8 may be configured as special subframe. Non- overlapping configuration may reduce inter-cell interference, for example, in heterogeneous networks.
In some special scenarios, for example, when there is a very high demand for the capacity of a cell compared with its neighboring base stations (base stations with overlapping coverage area), no special subframe may be configured in frames of a base station, or only one special subframe may be configured in frames of the base station. When there is only one special subframe in a frame, the special subframe may be configured as any of the subframes # 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8. There may not be any considerable advantage on which of the subframes is configured as a special subframe. Same analysis may apply where five of the subframes # 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8 are configured as special subframe. Any of the five subframes in the subframes # 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8 may be configured as special subframe. The special subframe of overlapping base stations in different layers in a heterogeneous network may be configured in a way that special subframes of two overlapping coverage layers may not overlap in time. For example, if a macro base station is configured with special subframes, # 1, 2, 6, 7 and 8 in a frame; a femto cell in the coverage area of the macro cell may be configured with special subframe #3 during the same frame.
More complex analysis may be required for the scenarios, where two or three or four subframes in a frame are configured as special subframe. When two special subframes in a frame are configured, the positioning of special subframes in a frame may be important. LTE PHY/MAC layer scheduling analyses show that if special subframes are separated in time as much as possible, then packet scheduling delay and/or jitter may be reduced. Therefore, for example, special subframe pairs # (1 and 6) or (2 and 7) or (3 and 8) may provide reduced
packet delay. There is a need to determine which of these three candidates provides a better performance. Simulation analyses of heterogeneous networks show that a non-overlapping (in time) special subframe configuration in different base station coverage layers (for example macro and pico/femto base stations) may provide improved performance in the network. Improving the performance of one layer, may not result in improved performance of another layer. In an example embodiment, when two special subframes in a frame are configured in one layer, four special subframes may be configured in the frame of another layer. Therefore, the analyses may require answering the question that which of the four subframes may improve the performance of the special subframe configuration of another layer. Further analysis of the subframe limitations discussed above shows that when four special subframes are configured, special subframes # 1, 3, 6, 8 may provide improved physical layer and MAC layer performance. These subframes are separated in time and have maximum distance in time in a frame, considering special subframe configuration limitations. This may result in determining an improved pattern 2 and pattern 4. In pattern 2, the special subframe configuration of subframes #2 and 7 (third and eighth subframes) in a frame may result in improved performance. In pattern 4, special subframe configuration of subframes # 1, 3, 6, 8 (second, fourth, seventh, and ninth subframes) in a frame may result in improved
performance.
When three special subframes in a frame are configured, the positioning of special subframes in a frame may be important in improving radio link performance. A similar analyses show that two patterns may provide improved performance. Pattern 3A (second, fourth and eighth) and pattern 3B (third, seventh and ninth) provide improved delay/jitter and interference reduction. These two patterns are not overlapping in time and do not share any subframe. In an example embodiment, a macro cell may be configured with pattern 3A in a frame and a femto cell (in the macro cell coverage area) may be configured with pattern 3B in the frame, and vice versa.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, some of the frames may implement a first pattern and some other frames may implement a second pattern. For example, frames may alternate between pattern 3 A and 3B; or 2, 3 A, 4 and 3B; or the like. As the load of the base station changes, the base station special subframe configuration may change from one pattern to another pattern. For example, when traffic load of a base station increases by an amount greater than a load value, its special subframe configuration may change from pattern 4 to pattern 3A, or 3B, or 2 to increase the base station capacity.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a BS may configure PUCCH in a way that the wireless devices may not transmit PUCCH in a special uplink subframe. This configuration may apply to wireless devices interfering with other base stations. During a special subframe, a base station may schedule data transmission on PUSCH in a way that it reduces interference to other base stations.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. Second, fourth, seventh, and ninth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe. In this specification, this pattern may be called pattern 4. This special subframe allocation may remain at least until a new message comprising an updated subframe allocation bitmap is transmitted by the base station.
Subframes in a frame may be numbered numerically starting from zero. For example, the first subframe may be numbered subframe zero; the second subframe may be numbered one, and so on.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. Third and eighth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe. In this specification, this pattern may be called pattern 2. This special subframe allocation may remain at least until a new message comprising an updated subframe allocation bitmap is transmitted by the base station.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. Second, fourth and eighth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe. In this specification, this pattern may be called pattern 3A. This special subframe allocation may remain at least until a new message comprising an updated subframe allocation bitmap is transmitted by the base station.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. Third, seventh and ninth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe. In this specification, this pattern may be called
pattern 3B. This special subframe allocation may remain at least until a new message comprising an updated subframe allocation bitmap is transmitted by the base station.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. Second, fourth, seventh, and ninth subframes of every radio frame may be allocated as special subframe. The base station may transmit at least one unicast message to a subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of first, third, fifth, sixth, eighth, and tenth subframes in a radio frame. The first plurality of measurement subframes may exclude the special subframes in each radio frame in the plurality of radio frames. This may enable measurement of channel state information for subframes that are not allocated as special subframe. The second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The second plurality of measurement subframes may exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes. This may enable measurement of channel state information for a new set of subframes which may include additional information
complementing the first measurement subframes. These measurements may be provided to the base station by the wireless device. The base station may employ the measurement information for adaptive link management, packet scheduling, handover decisions, and/or the like. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than the subframe allocation bitmap. Having a longer first and second measurement subframe allocation bitmap compared with the subframe allocation bitmap may allow a more flexible configuration for measurement subframes, which may be needed for efficient channel state information and/or radio link monitoring measurements. This may increase radio link overhead by a few bits, but may introduce increased efficiency in measurement configuration.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message may comprise a
subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. Third and eighth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe. The base station may transmit a at least one unicast message to a subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of first, second, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, and tenth subframes in a radio frame. The first plurality of measurement subframes may exclude the special subframes in each radio frame in the plurality of radio frames. The second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The second plurality of measurement subframes may exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than the subframe allocation bitmap. Having a longer first and second measurement subframe allocation bitmap compared with the subframe allocation bitmap may allow a more flexible configuration for measurement subframes, which may be needed for efficient channel state information and/or radio link monitoring
measurements. This may increase radio link overhead by a few bits, but may introduce increased efficiency in measurement configuration.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. Second, fourth and eighth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe. The base station may transmit a at least one unicast message to a subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of first, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, and tenth subframes in a radio frame. The first plurality of measurement subframes may exclude the special subframes in each radio frame in the plurality of radio frames. The second measurement subframe allocation bitmap
may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The second plurality of measurement subframes may exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than the subframe allocation bitmap.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a base station may transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message may comprise a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes may comprise a plurality of special subframes. Third, seventh and ninth subframes of every radio frame are allocated as special subframe. The base station may transmit a at least one unicast message to a subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of first, second, fourth, fifth, sixth, eighth and tenth subframes in a radio frame. The first plurality of measurement subframes may exclude the special subframes in each radio frame in the plurality of radio frames. The second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The second plurality of measurement subframes may exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than the subframe allocation bitmap. Having a longer first and second measurement subframe allocation bitmap compared with the subframe allocation bitmap may allow a more flexible configuration for measurement subframes, which may be needed for efficient channel state information and/or radio link monitoring measurements. This may increase radio link overhead by a few bits, but may introduce increased efficiency in measurement configuration.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a base station, in a special subframe, may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the special subframe. Each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) and is divided into N subframes, wherein N is an integer greater than one. The message may further comprise at least one of a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n
frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, and b) a subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
The subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a plurality of subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l<k < n. The bitmap may apply to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets (SFN mod n = i) criterion, n may be equal to 7) , wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, and 5. i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. i may be smaller than n. k may be equal to one or four. N may be equal to ten.
The base station comprises at least one carrier. The base station may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits. The base station may broadcast the p most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10. p may be equal to 8. The base station may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2 ^m~v^ frames. The timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-p least significant bits. The (m-p) least significant bits of the system frame number may be broadcast by encoding control blocks in the physical broadcast channel over 2(m~p^ frames. Sequential position of the encoded control blocks may determine the (m-p) least significant bits. The base station may broadcast the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time. The message and the at least one unicast message may be transmitted using physical downlink shared channel. The message may be broadcasted using system information blocks.
The base station may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe. The base station may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the special subframe. The at least one unicast message may further configure measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. After an increase in the number of the plurality of wireless devices, the base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices, the base station may increase the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After an increase in the traffic load of the base station, the base station may decrease the number of special subframes in the plurality of special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the base station, the base station may increase the number of special subframes in the plurality of special
subframes. The traffic carried by the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases.
Each wireless device in the subset of the plurality of wireless devices may periodically report channel state information for subframes indicated in the first measurement subframe allocation bitmap. Each wireless device in the subset of the plurality of wireless devices may periodically report channel state information for subframes indicated in the second measurement subframe allocation bitmap. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may be 40 bits long. The second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may be 40 bits long. The subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long. The plurality of subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices.
In current LTE technology, special subframes in the uplink and downlink have the same configurations. Enhanced mechanisms are needed to independently configure special subframe for uplink subframes. Data traffic may be asymmetric, and there may be a need to configure uplink and downlink special subframes differently. Depending on network traffic patterns, the performance of air interface may be improved if uplink special subframes are configured differently compared with downlink special subframes. There is a need to introduce mechanisms that allows such flexibility in air interface configuration.
A network comprises a plurality of base stations. Each base station may comprise at least one downlink carrier and at least one uplink carrier. Uplink and downlink transmission times may be divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes. The base station may comprise a
communication interface, a processor, and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause the base station to perform certain functions. In an example embodiment, the base station may transmit at least one message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The at least one message may indicate a first plurality of downlink subframes comprising a first plurality of downlink special subframes. During most symbols of a downlink special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a downlink special subframe. The at least one message may indicate a second plurality of uplink subframes comprising a second plurality of uplink special subframes. In the second plurality of uplink special subframes, the base station may schedule a subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the base station may transmit at least one message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The at least one message may comprise at least one of a downlink subframe allocation bitmap and an uplink subframe allocation bitmap. The downlink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a first plurality of downlink subframes comprising a first plurality of downlink special subframes. During most symbols of a downlink special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a downlink special subframe. The uplink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a second plurality of uplink subframes comprising a second plurality of uplink special subframes. In the second plurality of uplink special subframes, the base station may schedule only a subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the base station may transmit at least one message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, the at least one message may comprise at least one of a downlink subframe allocation bitmap and an uplink subframe allocation bitmap. The downlink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a first plurality of downlink subframes comprising a first plurality of downlink special subframes. During most symbols of a downlink special subframe of a base station, no signal may be transmitted by the base station or signals may be transmitted with substantially lower power compared with transmit power of signals transmitted during a subframe which is not assigned as a downlink special subframe. The uplink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate a second plurality of uplink subframes comprising a second plurality of uplink special subframes. In the second plurality of uplink special subframes, the base station may schedule only a subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The base station may transmit at least one unicast message to a second subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
The at least one unicast message may comprise at least one of a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The first plurality of measurement subframes may be a subset of the first plurality of downlink special subframes. The second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may configure a second plurality of measurement subframes of the primary carrier for the subset of the plurality of wireless devices. The second plurality of measurement subframes exclude (may not comprise any of) the subframes in the first plurality of measurement subframes.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, in a downlink special subframe, a base station may transmit a common reference signal only in a control region of the downlink special subframe. Each frame in the plurality of frames may be assigned a system frame number (SFN) and is divided into N subframes, wherein N is an integer greater than one. The at least one message may further comprise at least one of a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one; and b) a subframe allocation offset, i, wherein i is an integer greater than or equal to zero. The downlink and uplink subframe allocation bitmap may indicate special subframes in k frames, wherein k is an integer and l<k < n. The downlink and uplink bitmaps may apply to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets SFN mod n = i criterion, n may be equal to 7) , wherein j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. i may be one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. i may be smaller than n. k may be equal to one or four. N may be equal to ten.
The base station may broadcast the system frame number represented by m bits. The base station may broadcast the p most significant bits of the system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier on the first subframe of each frame in the plurality of frames in a field in a physical broadcast channel, m may be equal to 10. p may be equal to 8. The base station may broadcast implicitly the m-p least significant bits of the system frame number by coding the physical broadcast channel over 2(m-p) frames. The timing of the coded physical broadcast channel may determine the m-p least significant bits. The base station may broadcast the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
The at least one message and the at least one unicast message are transmitted using physical downlink shared channel. The at least one message may be broadcasted using system information blocks. The base station may not transmit unicast data in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the downlink special subframe. The base station may not transmit unicast data to a release 8 or 9 LTE wireless device in a subframe that is assigned by the base station as the downlink special subframe. The at least one unicast message may further configure measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for the second subset of the plurality of wireless devices.
After an increase in the number of the plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may decrease the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes. After a decrease in the number of the plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may
increase the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes. After an increase in the traffic load of the base station by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may decrease the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes. After a decrease in the traffic load of the base station by an amount greater than a load value, the base station may increase the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes. The traffic carried by the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases. Traffic load of the base station may increase, when the number of the plurality of wireless devices increases.
Each wireless device in the second subset of the plurality of wireless devices may periodically report channel state information for subframes indicated in the first downlink measurement subframe allocation bitmap. Each wireless device in the second subset of the plurality of wireless devices may periodically report channel state information for subframes indicated in the second downlink measurement subframe allocation bitmap. The first measurement subframe allocation bitmap may be 40 bits long. The second measurement subframe allocation bitmap may be 40 bits long. The downlink subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long. The uplink special subframe allocation bitmap may be 6 bits or 24 bits long. The base station may select the subset of the plurality of wireless devices in order to reduce interference introduced to a neighboring base station. Uplink transmission of the subset of the plurality of wireless devices may not introduce substantial interference to the neighboring base stations. The first plurality of downlink subframes may further comprise subframes used for broadcasting or multicasting, or subframes used for scheduling LTE release 10 or beyond wireless devices. An example of downlink special subframes is almost blank subframe.
A network comprises a plurality of base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in said plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes. A wireless device may comprise a communication interface, a processor, and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause wireless device to perform certain functions. In an example embodiment, a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations. The first base station may be of a different base station type than the plurality of second base stations. The wireless device may demodulate, descramble and decode a first control format indicator channel transmitted by the first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a first OFDM symbol of each subframe in the plurality of subframes. A base station may broadcast a
control format indicator channel on a subframe employing the first OFDM symbol in the subframe. The wireless device may process the first control format indicator channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first control format indicator channel. The wireless device may subtract the processed first control format indicator channel from the received signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the first OFDM symbol of the first subframe. The wireless device may descramble and decode a second control format indicator channel transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of second base stations in the first OFDM symbol of the first subframe. The wireless device may determine the number of OFDM symbols of a control region of the second base station based on the second control format indicator channel.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the wireless device may demodulate, descramble and decode a first control format indicator channel transmitted by a first base station in the plurality of base stations on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a first OFDM symbol of each subframe in the plurality of subframes. A base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a control format indicator channel on a subframe using the first OFDM symbol in each subframe. The wireless device may process the first control format indicator channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first control format indicator channel. The wireless device may subtract the processed first control format indicator channel from the received signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the first OFDM symbol of the first subframe. The wireless device may descramble and decode a second control format indicator channel transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of base stations in the first OFDM symbol of the first subframe. The wireless device may determine the number of OFDM symbols of a control region of the second base station based on the second control format indicator channel. In an example embodiment, the control format indicator may comprise 2 bits of information. The control format indicator may be encoded employing a repetition code. The control format indicator may be transmitted over 16 modulation symbols.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations. The first base station may be of a different base station type than the plurality of second base stations. The wireless device may demodulate, descramble and decode a first physical broadcast channel transmitted by the first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a plurality of OFDM symbols of a subset of subframes in the plurality of subframes. A base station in the plurality of base stations may
broadcast a physical broadcast channel on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes. The wireless device may process the first physical broadcast channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first physical broadcast channel. The wireless device may subtract the processed first physical broadcast channel from the received signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes. The wireless device may descramble and decode a second physical broadcast channel transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of second base stations on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes. The wireless device may determine a plurality of system parameters of the second base station based on the second physical broadcast channel.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the wireless device may demodulate, descramble and decode a first physical broadcast channel transmitted by the first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a plurality of OFDM symbols of a subset of subframes in the plurality of subframes. A base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a physical broadcast channel on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes. The wireless device may process the first physical broadcast channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first physical broadcast channel. The wireless device may subtract the processed first physical broadcast channel from the received signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes. The wireless device may descramble and decode a second physical broadcast channel transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of base stations on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the plurality of OFDM symbols of the subset of subframes. The wireless device may determine a plurality of system parameters of the second base station based on the second physical broadcast channel.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may be a macro base station. The first base station may be a pico base station. The first base station may be a femto base station with open access. The first base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access. The second base station may be a macro base station. The second base station may be a pico base station. The second base station may be a femto base station with open access. The second base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access. The physical broadcast channel may carry 14 bits of information. The physical broadcast channel may be encoded employing a convolutional code. The physical broadcast channel may be encoded using a repetition code. The physical broadcast channel may be transmitted every 40ms. The physical broadcast channel may be
transmitted over 72 OFDM subcarriers in the middle of a carrier. The physical broadcast channel may carry a master information block. The system parameters may comprise system bandwidth information. The system parameters may comprise HARQ indicator channel structure information. The system parameters may comprise eight most significant bits of system frame number.
Co-channel deployments may of interest due to cost effectiveness and high spectral efficiency. The resource partitioning may effectively mitigate interference from the data channel. However, interference from the acquisition channels, CRS signal, and control channels including control format indicator channel may remain, since these signals may be needed to be transmitted for the backward compatibility reason. Subframe time shifting may be utilized in FDD systems to avoid collision of the acquisition channels between base stations of different power classes that require partitioning, but it may not be used in TDD systems. There may be limited network solutions for CRS interference mitigation for either FDD or TDD systems. Without additional interference mitigation of the acquisition channels, CRS, and control channels including control format indicator channel, limited medium bias values (for example, 6-10 dB) for handover may be supported, which may limit the potential for cell range expansion.
Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be needed for cell range expansion. It may enable wireless devices to detect and acquire a weak cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be a prerequisite for handover and cell range expansion.
CRS interference mitigation may have a role in system performance. Strong CRS interference, even though present on a relatively small fraction of resource elements, may degrade turbo code performance and the overall signal-to-interference-plus-noise radio (SINR); and, the potential gains of cell range expansion may be reduced. Control format indicator channel may carry important information without which the wireless device may not be able to decode the control information. Strong interference on the control format indicator channel may result in wireless device and may result in loss of information carried on this channel. It may cause a wireless device inability to decode other control channels carrying scheduling and other related information.
Given that acquisition channels, CRS, and/or control format indicator channel may be broadcasted at high power targeting wireless device at the cell edge, a wireless device solution may be feasible. The acquisition signals, CRS, and control format indicator channel strong interference may reliably be estimated and subtracted so that it may not represent significant
interference. Acquisition channels may be transmitted at the same radio resource location in cells. The acquisition channels interference may comprise of the acquisition channels from the neighboring interfering cells. This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller. A wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
A similar procedure may be performed to remove CRS interference. The difference may be that CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high- and low-power nodes may be avoided/reduced by CRS tone shifting. If strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted.
Control format indicator channel may be transmitted at the same location in cells, which means that the control format indicator channel's interference may comprise of the control format indicator channel from the neighboring interfering cells. This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller. A wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until control format indicator channel of the serving cell is decoded.
A network comprises a plurality of base stations. A wireless device may comprise a communication interface, a processor, and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause said wireless device to perform certain functions. In an example embodiment, a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations. The first base station may be of a different base station type than the plurality of second base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes. The wireless device may correlate the received signals on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a subset of subframes with a first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values. Each base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a plurality of synchronization signals on the subset of subframes using the plurality of OFDM subcarriers.
The wireless device may identify a first synchronization signal in the first plurality of pre-determined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by the first base
station. The wireless device may process the first synchronization signal comprising scaling the first synchronization signal by a scaling factor that may depend on the highest correlation value. The wireless device may subtract the processed first synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals on the plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal. The wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values. The wireless device may identify a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the second plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of second base stations. The wireless device may obtain frame and subframe timing information of the second base station using the second synchronization signal.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations. A wireless device may correlate the received synchronization signals with a first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values. A base station in the plurality of base stations broadcasts a plurality of synchronization signals. The wireless device may identify a first synchronization signal in the first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by the first base station. The wireless device may process the first synchronization signal comprising scaling it by a scaling factor that may depend on the highest correlation value. The wireless device may subtract the processed first synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals to generate an updated received signal. The wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values. The wireless device may identify a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the second plurality of correlation values as the
synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of second base stations.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a wireless device may correlate the received synchronization signals with a first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values. A base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a plurality of synchronization signals. The wireless device may identify a first synchronization signal in the first plurality of pre-determined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation
values as the synchronization signal transmitted by the first base station. The wireless device may process the first synchronization signal comprising scaling it by a scaling factor that depends on the highest correlation value. The wireless device may subtract the processed first synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals to generate an updated received signal. The wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values. The wireless device may identify a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the second plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of base stations.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a first base station (of a first base station type) may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations (of a second base station type). Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes. A wireless device may correlate the received signals on a first plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a first subset of subframes with a first plurality of predetermined primary synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values. A base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a plurality of primary synchronization signals on the first subset of subframes using the first plurality of OFDM subcarriers. The wireless device may identify a first primary synchronization signal in the first plurality of pre-determined primary synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation values as the primary synchronization signal transmitted by the first base station. The wireless device may process the first primary synchronization signal comprising scaling by a scaling factor that may depend on the highest correlation value among the first plurality of correlation values. The wireless device may subtract the processed first primary synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals on the first plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the first subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal.
The wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined primary synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values. The wireless device may identify a second primary synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the second plurality of correlation values as the primary synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in the plurality of second base stations. The wireless device may correlate the received signals on a second plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a second subset of
subframes with a first plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals to produce a third plurality of correlation values. A base station in the plurality of base stations may broadcast a plurality of secondary synchronization signals on the second subset of subframes using the second plurality of OFDM subcarriers. The first plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals depends on the first primary synchronization signal. The wireless device may identify a first secondary synchronization signal in the first plurality of pre-determined primary synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among the third plurality of correlation values as the secondary synchronization signal transmitted by the first base station.
The wireless device may process the first secondary synchronization signal comprising scaling by a scaling factor that may depend on the highest correlation value among the third plurality of correlation values. The wireless device may subtract the scaled first secondary synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals on the second plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the second subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal. The wireless device may correlate the updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals to produce a fourth plurality of correlation values. The second plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals may depend on the second primary synchronization signal. The wireless device may identify a second secondary synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among the fourth plurality of correlation values as the secondary synchronization signal transmitted by the second base station. The wireless device may obtain frame and subframe timing information of the second base station using the second primary synchronization signal and the second secondary synchronization signal.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may be a macro base station. The first base station may be a pico base station. The first base station may be a femto base station with open access. The first base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access. The second base station may be a macro base station. The second base station may be a pico base station. The second base station may be a femto base station with open access. The second base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access. The plurality of synchronization signals may be transmitted over 72 OFDM subcarriers in the middle of a carrier. The plurality of synchronization signals may also determine the physical identifier of the carrier on which they are transmitted. The scaling factor may be a function of the characteristics of a wireless channel over which the
plurality of synchronization signals were transmitted. The correlating may comprise a plurality of multiplications and a summation of the results of the plurality of multiplications.
Co-channel deployments may be of interest due to cost effectiveness and high spectral efficiency. The resource partitioning may mitigate interference from the data channel.
Interference from the acquisition channels and CRS signal may remain, since these signals may be needed to be transmitted for the backward compatibility reason. Subframe time shifting may be utilized in FDD systems to avoid collision of the acquisition channels between base stations of different power classes that require partitioning, but it may not be used in TDD systems. There are limited network solutions for CRS interference mitigation for either FDD or TDD systems. Without additional interference mitigation of the acquisition channels and CRS, limited medium bias values (for example, 6-10 dB) for handover may be supported, which may limit the potential for cell range expansion.
Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be needed for cell range expansion. It may enable wireless devices to detect and acquire a weak cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be a prerequisite for handover and cell range expansion.
CRS interference mitigation may have an important role in system performance.
Strong CRS interference, even though present on a relatively small fraction of resource elements, may degrade turbo code performance and the overall signal-to-interference-plus- noise ratio (SINR); therefore, the potential gains of cell range expansion may be reduced. Given that acquisition channels and CRS may be broadcasted at a high power targeting a wireless device at the cell edge, a robust wireless device solution may be feasible.
In the wireless device solution for the acquisition signals and CRS interference mitigation, strong interference may reliably be estimated and subtracted so that it may not represent significant interference. Acquisition channels may be transmitted at the same radio resource location in cells, which means that the acquisition channels interference may comprise the acquisition channels from the neighboring interfering cells. This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller. A wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
A similar procedure may be performed to remove CRS interference. The difference may be that CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high- and low-power nodes may be avoided/reduced by CRS tone shifting. If
strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted.
A wireless device may receive a first reference signal from a first base station in the plurality of base stations on a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe in the plurality of subframes. The first plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a first base station identifier of the first base station. The wireless device may estimate a first signal strength corresponding to the first base station based on the received first reference signal.
The wireless device may receive a second reference signal from a second base station, on a second plurality of OFDM resources in the first subframe. The second plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a second base station identifier of the second base station. The wireless device may estimate a second signal strength corresponding to the second base station based on the received second reference signal. The wireless device may estimate an interference value on the second plurality of OFDM resources based, at least in part, on the second reference signal. The wireless device may estimate a signal to interference ratio value based on the second signal strength and a total interference value. If the first plurality of OFDM resources overlap with the second plurality of OFDM resources, the total interference value may be computed based upon the interference value. If the first plurality of OFDM resources do not overlap with the second plurality of OFDM resources, the total interference value may be computed based upon the interference value plus the first signal strength.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the wireless device may receive a first reference signal from a first base station in the plurality of base stations on a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe in the plurality of subframes. The first plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a first base station identifier of the first base station. The wireless device may estimate a first signal strength corresponding to the first base station based on the received first reference signal. The wireless device may receive a second reference signal from a second base station in the plurality of base stations, on a second plurality of OFDM resources in the first subframe. The second plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a second base station identifier of the second base station. The wireless device may estimate a second signal strength corresponding to the second base station based on the received second reference signal.
The wireless device may estimate an interference value on the second plurality of OFDM resources based, at least in part, on the second reference signal. The wireless device may estimate a signal to interference ratio value based on the second signal strength and a total interference value. If the first plurality of OFDM resources do not overlap with the second plurality of OFDM resources, the total interference value may be computed based upon the interference value. If the first plurality of OFDM resources overlap with the second plurality of OFDM resources, the total interference value may be computed based upon the interference value minus the first signal strength.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the first base station may transmit data to a plurality of wireless devices on the first subframe. The first base station may not transmit data on the first subframe. The first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than the second base station. The second base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than the first base station. The first base station may be a macro base station. The first base station may be a pico base station. The first base station may be a femto base station with open access. The first base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access. The second base station may be a macro base station. The second base station may be a pico base station. The second base station may be a femto base station with open access. The second base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
The first reference signal may be a common reference signal. The second reference signal may be a common reference signal. The first reference signal may be a channel state information reference signal. The second reference signal may be a channel state information reference signal. The first signal strength may be a short term signal strength value obtained from the most recent observation. The first signal strength may be a long term signal strength value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent observations. The second signal strength may be a short term signal strength value obtained from the most recent observation. The second signal strength may be a long term signal strength value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent observations. The interference value may be a short term interference value obtained from the most recent observation. The interference value may be a long term interference value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent observations.
Co-channel deployments may be of interest due to cost effectiveness and high spectral efficiency. The resource partitioning may mitigate interference from the data channel.
However, interference from the acquisition channels and CRS signal may remain, since these signals may be needed to be transmitted for the backward compatibility reason. Subframe time
shifting may be utilized in FDD systems to avoid/reduce collision of the acquisition channels between base stations of different power classes that require partitioning, but it may not be used in TDD systems. There are limited network solutions for CRS interference mitigation for either FDD or TDD systems. Without additional interference mitigation of the acquisition channels and CRS, limited medium bias values (for example, 6-10 dB) for handover may be supported, which may limit the potential for cell range expansion.
Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be important for cell range expansion. It may enable wireless devices to detect and acquire a weak cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be a prerequisite for handover and cell range expansion. CRS interference mitigation may have a role in system performance. Strong CRS interference, even though present only on a relatively small fraction of resource elements, may degrade turbo code performance and the overall signal-to- interference -plus-noise ratio (SINR); therefore, the potential gains of cell range expansion may be reduced. Given that acquisition channels and CRS may be broadcasted at high power targeting wireless devices at the cell edge, a robust UE solution is feasible.
The main rationale for wireless device solution for the acquisition signals and CRS interference mitigation is that strong interference may reliably be estimated and subtracted so that in the end it may not represent significant interference. Acquisition channels may be transmitted at the same location in cells, which means that the acquisition channels interference may comprise the acquisition channels from the neighboring interfering cells. This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller. A wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
A similar procedure may be performed to remove CRS interference. The difference is that CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high- and low-power nodes may be avoided by CRS tone shifting. If strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted. However, the problem of reliable channel quality information (CQI) feedback for data transmission may remains, depending on whether CRS tones interfere with data tones or not, and whether the interfering base station transmits or does not transmit data on the corresponding subframe, e.g., whether the corresponding subframe is an almost blank
subframe for the interfering base station or not. Based on these alternatives, four different cases may be considered for CQI computation:
1. CRS tones of the interfering base station may overlap with the CRS tones of the interfered base station, and the interfering base station transmits data on the corresponding subframe. In this case, there may be no need for post processing of the interference values estimated on the CRS tones. The interference seen on the data tones may most likely be similar to the interference seen on the CRS tones. The wireless device may use the interference estimate obtained from the CRS tones directly together with the channel estimates obtained for the serving base station from the CRS tones to compute the CQI value and may feed it back to its serving base station.
2. CRS tones of the interfering base station may overlap with CRS tones of the interfered base station, but the interfering base station may not transmit data on the corresponding subframe (e.g., the corresponding subframe is an almost blank subframe of the interfering base station). In this case, the interference estimated on the CRS tones may include interference from the interfering base station, but this interference may not be present on the data tones. So the interference value may be overestimated. The wireless device may separately estimate the interference contribution of the interfering base station, and may subtract it from the total interference measured on the CRS tones, to obtain a more accurate estimate of the interference observed on the data tones. This more accurate interference estimate may then be used, along with the channel estimate of the serving base station obtained from the CRS tones, to compute the CQI value.
3. CRS tones of the interfering base station may not overlap with CRS tones of the interfered base station, and the interfering base station transmits data on the corresponding subframe. In this case, depending on the signals transmitted by the interfering base station on the CRS tones of the interfered base station, there may be two options. If the interfering base station punctures these tones and does not transmit signal on these tones (to allow for more accurate channel estimation at the interfered base station), then the interference value estimated on the CRS tones may be an underestimate, and may need to be adjusted before using for CQI computation. This adjustment may involve separate estimation of the potential interference from the interfering base station and adding it to the total interference estimated on the CRS tones of the interfered base station. If on the other hand, the interfering base station transmits data on the CRS tones of the interfered base station, then the interference estimate on the CRS tones of the interfered base station may be accurate and there may be no need for further adjustment for CQI computation.
4. CRS tones of the interfering base station may not overlap with CRS tones of the interfered base station, and the interfering base station may not transmit data on the corresponding subframe. In this case, there may be no underestimation or overestimation of the interference on the CRS tones of the interfered base station, and there may be no need to further adjustment for CQI computation.
A network comprises a plurality of base stations. A base station may comprise a plurality of carriers. In an example embodiment, a first base station may transmit radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes. A carrier identifier may be assigned to each carrier in the plurality of carriers by an operator or a system. The first base station may assign a first plurality of wireless device identifiers to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first base station may transmit a plurality of first unicast control messages to a first subset of the first plurality of wireless devices using a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe of the first base station. The first plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of the first base station and/or wireless device identifiers of the first subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
A second base station in the plurality of second base stations may assign a second plurality of wireless device identifiers to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The second base station may transmit a second plurality of unicast control messages to a second subset of the second plurality of wireless devices using a second plurality of OFDM resources in a second subframe of the second base station transmitted substantially simultaneously with the first subframe. The second plurality of OFDM resources may depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of the second base station and/or wireless device identifiers of the second subset of the second plurality of wireless devices. At least one of the carrier identifiers, the first plurality of wireless device identifiers, and the second plurality of wireless device identifiers may be configured such that the overlap between the first plurality of OFDM resources and the second plurality of OFDM resources is below a predetermined threshold.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, base stations may comprise a plurality of carriers. Transmission time may be divided into a plurality of frames. Each frame in the plurality of frames may further be divided into a plurality of subframes. A carrier identifier may be assigned to a carrier in the plurality of carriers by an operator or a system. A first base station in the plurality of base stations may assign a first plurality of wireless device
identifiers to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The first base station may transmit a plurality of first unicast control messages to a first subset of the first plurality of wireless devices using a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe of the first base station. The first plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of the first base station and/or wireless device identifiers of the first subset of the first plurality of wireless devices.
A second base station in the plurality of base stations may assign a second plurality of wireless device identifiers to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The second base station may transmit a second plurality of unicast control messages to a second subset of the second plurality of wireless devices using a second plurality of OFDM resources in a second subframe of the second base station transmitted substantially simultaneously with the first subframe. The second plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of the second base station and/or wireless device identifiers of the second subset of the second plurality of wireless devices. At least one of the carrier identifiers, the first plurality of wireless device identifiers, and the second plurality of wireless device identifiers may be configured such that the overlap between the first plurality of OFDM resources and the second plurality of OFDM resources is below a pre-determined threshold.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the pre-determined threshold may be zero. The pre-determined threshold may be below ten percent of the smaller of the first plurality of OFDM resources and the second plurality of OFDM resources. In another example, it may be below a number between ten to fifty percent of the smaller of the first plurality of OFDM resources and the second plurality of OFDM resources. The first base station may be a macro base station. The first base station may be a pico base station. The first base station may be a femto base station with open access. The first base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access. The second base station may be a macro base station. The second base station may be a pico base station. The second base station may be a femto base station with open access. The second base station may be a femto base station with close subscriber group access.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the carrier identifiers may comprise nine bits of data. The wireless device identifiers may comprise sixteen bits of data. The first plurality of unicast control messages may be transmitted over a physical dedicated control channel. The second plurality of unicast control messages may be transmitted over a physical dedicated control channel. At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise a
resource identifier. At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise a modulation and coding format indicator. At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise an HARQ process identifier. At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise a redundancy version. At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise a transmission mode indicator.
The transport format indicator may be used to determine a transmission mode from a plurality of transmission modes. The plurality of transmission modes may comprise a transmit diversity mode. The transport format indicator may be used to determine a transmission mode from a plurality of transmission modes. The plurality of transmission modes may comprise a cyclic delay diversity mode. The transport format indicator may be used to determine a transmission mode from a plurality of transmission modes. The plurality of transmission modes may comprise a spatial multiplexing mode. The transport format indicator may be used to determine a transmission mode from a plurality of transmission modes. The plurality of transmission modes may comprise a beamforming or precoding mode.
At least one unicast message in the first plurality of unicast control messages and the second plurality of unicast control messages may comprise an uplink power control indicator. The uplink power control indicator may be a single power control command for a single wireless device. The uplink power control indicator may comprise a plurality of power control commands for a plurality of wireless devices. The power control command may be an absolute power control command. The power control command may be a relative power control command. At least one power control command in the plurality of power control commands may be an absolute power control command. At least one power control command in the plurality of power control commands may be a relative power control command.
Co-channel deployments may be of interest due to cost effectiveness and high spectral efficiency. The resource partitioning may mitigate interference from the data channel.
However, interference from the acquisition channels, CRS signal, and control channels including control format indicator channel may remain, since these signals may be needed to be transmitted for the backward compatibility reason. Subframe time shifting may be utilized in FDD systems to avoid collision of the acquisition channels between base stations of different power classes that require partitioning, but it may not be used in TDD systems. There may be limited network solutions for CRS interference mitigation for either FDD or TDD
systems. Without additional interference mitigation of the acquisition channels, CRS, and control channels including control format indicator channel, limited medium bias values (for example, 6-10 dB) for handover may be supported, which may limit the potential for cell range expansion.
Interference mitigation for the acquisition channels may be required for cell range expansion. It may enable wireless devices to detect and acquire a week cell and then measure and feedback the measurement report to the network, which may be a prerequisite for handover and cell range expansion. CRS interference mitigation may have a role in system performance. Strong CRS interference, even though present on a relatively small fraction of resource elements, may degrade turbo code performance and the overall signal-to- interference -plus-noise ratio (SINR); therefore, the potential gains of cell range expansion may be reduced.
Control format indicator channel may carry important information without which the wireless device may not be able to decode the control information. Strong interference on the control format indicator channel may result in loss of information carried on this channel and hence, may result in wireless device inability to decode other control channels carrying scheduling and other related information. Given that acquisition channels, CRS, and control format indicator channel may be broadcasted at full power targeting wireless device at the cell edge, a robust wireless device solution may be feasible.
One of the many reasons for the wireless device solution for the acquisition signals,
CRS, and control format indicator channel interference mitigation is that strong interference may be estimated and subtracted so that in the end it may not represent significant interference. Acquisition channels may be transmitted at the same radio resource location in cells, which means that the acquisition channels interference may comprise of the acquisition channels from the neighboring interfering cells. This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller. A wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and continue the procedure until acquisition channels of the serving cell are acquired.
A similar procedure may be performed to remove CRS interference. The difference may be that CRS tones may also interfere with data tones since interference between CRS tones between high- and low-power nodes may be avoided or reduced by CRS tone shifting. If strong CRS interference is detected, and after the channel gain toward the interfering cell is
estimated, the CRS signal may be cancelled. The procedure may be repeated until interfering signals are subtracted.
Control format indicator channel may be transmitted at the same location in cells, which means that the control format indicator channel's interference may comprise of the control format indicator channel from the neighboring interfering cells. This structure may lend itself to a design of an interference canceller. A wireless device receiver may first decode one of the strongest signals, may perform channel gain estimation toward the interfering cell, may cancel the interfering signal, and may continue the procedure until control format indicator channel of the serving cell is decoded.
The same or similar approaches may not be appropriate for other control channels, e.g., control channels carrying scheduling information. The reason may be that such control channels may be scrambled with the identity of the target wireless device, and in order for a wireless device to cancel the interference of such channels, it may need to try a very large number of hypotheses considering the information being transmitted to potential wireless identifiers in the neighboring cell. This may require a large amount of computational complexity, and may not be practical.
The control region of most packet switched technologies may be a shared region, in the sense that control information for many different wireless devices may be transmitted on the same resources. This may reduce the amount of overhead for such systems, especially with dynamic scheduling of the wireless devices, in which, in a given subframe, a small number of active wireless devices may be scheduled. Each wireless device may monitor a portion or the entire control region for potential control channel transmissions targeting that particular wireless device. On the other hand, many technologies may use a hashing mechanism to limit the number of the decode hypotheses of the wireless devices. As a very simple example, it may be specified that wireless devices with the wireless device identifier from the first half of the entire wireless device identifiers space may expect control information on the first half of the resources of entire the control region, and wireless devices with the wireless device identifier from the second half of the entire wireless device identifiers space may expect control information on the second half of the resources of entire the control region. With this rule, the number of decode hypotheses of any wireless device in the system may be reduced by half. Practical systems and technologies may use more sophisticated hashing mechanisms, to further reduce the number decode hypotheses of the wireless devices.
Following the example given above, an alternate method of mitigating control channel information may be considered which is based on base station coordination and may not
require wireless device involvement or may reduce wireless device involvement. In this alternate method, base stations that are potential interferers to each other, may decide to coordinate the wireless device identifiers that they assigned to their served wireless devices such that the corresponding control transmissions of the two base stations may not overlap in time frequency resources or may have a reduced overlap in time frequency resources. For the simple example provided above, it may be needed for the two base stations to agree that one of them uses the first half of the wireless identifiers space and the other base station uses the second half. With this agreement, the control transmissions of the first base station may take place on the first half of the resources of the control region and the control transmissions of the second base station may take place on the second half of the resources of the control region, and hence they may not overlap, and hence may not cause interference to each other.
Practical systems may use more sophisticated hashing algorithms for the mapping between wireless device identifiers and control region resources. Nevertheless, wireless device identifier partitioning algorithms similar to the scheme described above may be devised for such systems as well. Exhaustive computer search may be needed for more sophisticated hashing schemes, however, the main concept may remain the same, that wireless device identifiers space may be partitioned such that the amount of interfering control resources between base stations may be reduced.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the packets in the downlink may be transmitted via downlink physical channels. The carrying packets in the uplink may be transmitted via uplink physical channels. The baseband data representing a downlink physical channel may be defined in terms of at least one of the following actions: scrambling of coded bits in codewords to be transmitted on a physical channel; modulation of scrambled bits to generate complex- valued modulation symbols; mapping of the complex-valued modulation symbols onto one or several transmission layers; precoding of the complex-valued modulation symbols on layer(s) for transmission on the antenna port(s); mapping of complex- valued modulation symbols for antenna port(s) to resource elements; and/or generation of complex- valued time-domain OFDM signal(s) for antenna port(s).
Codeword, transmitted on the physical channel in one subframe, may be scrambled prior to modulation, resulting in a block of scrambled bits. The scrambling sequence generator may be initialized at the start of subframe(s). Codeword(s) may be modulated using QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM, 128QAM, and/or the like resulting in a block of complex- valued modulation symbols. The complex- valued modulation symbols for codewords to be transmitted may be mapped onto one or several layers. For transmission on a single antenna
port, a single layer may be used. For spatial multiplexing, the number of layers may be less than or equal to the number of antenna port(s) used for transmission of the physical channel. The case of a single codeword mapped to multiple layers may be applicable when the number of cell- specific reference signals is four or when the number of UE- specific reference signals is two or larger. For transmit diversity, there may be one codeword and the number of layers may be equal to the number of antenna port(s) used for transmission of the physical channel.
The precoder may receive a block of vectors from the layer mapping and generate a block of vectors to be mapped onto resources on the antenna port(s). Precoding for spatial multiplexing using antenna port(s) with cell-specific reference signals may be used in combination with layer mapping for spatial multiplexing. Spatial multiplexing may support two or four antenna ports and the set of antenna ports used may be { 0, 1 } or { 0, 1 , 2, 3 } . Precoding for transmit diversity may be used in combination with layer mapping for transmit diversity. The precoding operation for transmit diversity may be defined for two and four antenna ports. Precoding for spatial multiplexing using antenna ports with UE- specific reference signals may also, for example, be used in combination with layer mapping for spatial multiplexing. Spatial multiplexing using antenna ports with UE-specific reference signals may support up to eight antenna ports. Reference signals may be pre-defined signals that may be used by the receiver for decoding the received physical signal, estimating the channel state, and/or other purposes.
For antenna port(s) used for transmission of the physical channel, the block of complex- valued symbols may be mapped in sequence to resource elements. In resource blocks in which UE-specific reference signals are not transmitted the PDSCH may be transmitted on the same set of antenna ports as the physical broadcast channel in the downlink (PBCH). In resource blocks in which UE-specific reference signals are transmitted, the PDSCH may be transmitted, for example, on antenna port(s) {5, {7}, {8}, or {7, 8, ..., v+6}, where v is the number of layers used for transmission of the PDSCH.
Common reference signal(s) may be transmitted in physical antenna port(s). Common reference signal(s) may be cell-specific reference signal(s) (RS) used for demodulation and/or measurement purposes. Channel estimation accuracy using common reference signal(s) may be reasonable for demodulation (high RS density). Common reference signal(s) may be defined for LTE technologies, LTE-advanced technologies, and/or the like. Demodulation reference signal(s) may be transmitted in virtual antenna port(s) (i.e., layer or stream).
Channel estimation accuracy using demodulation reference signal(s) may be reasonable within allocated time/frequency resources. Demodulation reference signal(s) may be defined for
LTE-advanced technology and may not be applicable to LTE technology. Measurement reference signal(s), may also called CSI (channel state information) reference signal(s), may be transmitted in physical antenna port(s) or virtualized antenna port(s). Measurement reference signal(s) may be Cell-specific RS used for measurement purposes. Channel estimation accuracy may be relatively lower than demodulation RS. CSI reference signal(s) may be defined for LTE-advanced technology and may not be applicable to LTE technology.
In at least one of the various embodiments, uplink physical channel(s) may correspond to a set of resource elements carrying information originating from higher layers. The following example uplink physical channel(s) may be defined for uplink: a) Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), b) Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), c) Physical
Random Access Channel (PRACH), and/or the like. Uplink physical signal(s) may be used by the physical layer and may not carry information originating from higher layers. For example, reference signal(s) may be considered as uplink physical signal(s). Transmitted signal(s) in slot(s) may be described by one or several resource grids including, for example, subcarriers and SC-FDMA or OFDMA symbols. Antenna port(s) may be defined such that the channel over which symbol(s) on antenna port(s) may be conveyed and/or inferred from the channel over which other symbol(s) on the same antenna port(s) is/are conveyed. There may be one resource grid per antenna port. The antenna port(s) used for transmission of physical channel(s) or signal(s) may depend on the number of antenna port(s) configured for the physical channel(s) or signal(s).
Physical uplink control channel(s) (PUCCH) may carry uplink control information. Simultaneous transmission of PUCCH and PUSCH from the same UE may be supported if enabled by higher layers. For a type 2 frame structure, the PUCCH may not be transmitted in the UpPTS field. PUCCH may use one resource block in each of the two slots in a subframe. Resources allocated to UE and PUCCH configuration(s) may be transmitted via control messages. PUCCH may comprise: a) positive and negative acknowledgements for data packets transmitted at least one downlink carrier, b) channel state information for at least one downlink carrier, c) scheduling request, and/or the like.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, cell search may be the procedure by which a wireless device may acquire time and frequency synchronization with a cell and may detect the physical layer Cell ID of that cell (transmitter). An example embodiment for synchronization signal and cell search is presented below. A cell search may support a scalable overall transmission bandwidth corresponding to 6 resource blocks and upwards. Primary and secondary synchronization signals may be transmitted in the downlink
and may facilitate cell search. For example, 504 unique physical-layer cell identities may be defined using synchronization signals. The physical-layer cell identities may be grouped into 168 unique physical-layer cell-identity groups, group(s) containing three unique identities. The grouping may be such that physical-layer cell identit(ies) is part of a physical-layer cell- identity group. A physical-layer cell identity may be defined by a number in the range of 0 to 167, representing the physical-layer cell-identity group, and a number in the range of 0 to 2, representing the physical-layer identity within the physical-layer cell-identity group. The synchronization signal may include a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the sequence used for a primary synchronization signal may be generated from a frequency-domain Zadoff-Chu sequence according to a pre-defined formula. A Zadoff-Chu root sequence index may also be predefined in a specification. The mapping of the sequence to resource elements may depend on a frame structure. The wireless device may not assume that the primary synchronization signal is transmitted on the same antenna port as any of the downlink reference signals. The wireless device may not assume that any transmission instance of the primary synchronization signal is transmitted on the same antenna port, or ports, used for any other transmission instance of the primary synchronization signal. The sequence may be mapped to the resource elements according to a predefined formula.
For FDD frame structure, a primary synchronization signal may be mapped to the last
OFDM symbol in slots 0 and 10. For TDD frame structure, the primary synchronization signal may be mapped to the third OFDM symbol in subframes 1 and 6. Some of the resource elements allocated to primary or secondary synchronization signals may be reserved and not used for transmission of the primary synchronization signal.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the sequence used for a secondary synchronization signal may be an interleaved concatenation of two length-31 binary sequences. The concatenated sequence may be scrambled with a scrambling sequence given by a primary synchronization signal. The combination of two length-31 sequences defining the secondary synchronization signal may differ between subframe 0 and subframe 5 according to predefined formula(s). The mapping of the sequence to resource elements may depend on the frame structure. In a subframe for FDD frame structure and in a half-frame for TDD frame structure, the same antenna port as for the primary synchronization signal may be used for the secondary synchronization signal. The sequence may be mapped to resource elements according to a predefined formula.
Example embodiments for the physical channels configuration will now be presented. Other examples may also be possible. A physical broadcast channel may be scrambled with a cell-specific sequence prior to modulation, resulting in a block of scrambled bits. PBCH may be modulated using QPSK, and/or the like. The block of complex-valued symbols for antenna port(s) may be transmitted during consecutive radio frames, for example, four consecutive radio frames. In some embodiments the PBCH data may arrive to the coding unit in the form of a one transport block every transmission time interval (TTI) of 40ms. The following coding actions may be identified. Add CRC to the transport block, channel coding, and rate matching. Error detection may be provided on PBCH transport blocks through a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC). The transport block may be used to calculate the CRC parity bits. The parity bits may be computed and attached to the BCH (broadcast channel) transport block. After the attachment, the CRC bits may be scrambled according to the transmitter transmit antenna configuration. Information bits may be delivered to the channel coding block and they may be tail biting convolutionally encoded. A tail biting convolutionally coded block may be delivered to the rate matching block. The coded block may be rate matched before transmission.
A master information block may be transmitted in PBCH and may include system information transmitted on broadcast channel(s). The master information block may include downlink bandwidth, system frame number(s), and PHICH (physical hybrid- ARQ indicator channel) configuration. Downlink bandwidth may be the transmission bandwidth
configuration, in terms of resource blocks in a downlink, for example 6 may correspond to 6 resource blocks, 15 may correspond to 15 resource blocks and so on. System frame number(s) may define the N (for example N=8) most significant bits of the system frame number. The M (for example M=2) least significant bits of the SFN may be acquired implicitly in the PBCH decoding. For example, timing of a 40ms PBCH TTI may indicate 2 least significant bits (within 40ms PBCH TTI, the first radio frame: 00, the second radio frame: 01, the third radio frame: 10, the last radio frame: 11). One value may apply for other carriers in the same sector of a base station (the associated functionality is common (e.g. not performed independently for each cell). PHICH configuration(s) may include PHICH duration, which may be normal (e.g. one symbol duration) or extended (e.g. 3 symbol duration).
Physical control format indicator channel(s) (PCFICH) may carry information about the number of OFDM symbols used for transmission of PDCCHs (physical downlink control channel) in a subframe. The set of OFDM symbols possible to use for PDCCH in a subframe may depend on many parameters including, for example, downlink carrier bandwidth, in terms
of downlink resource blocks. PCFICH transmitted in one subframe may be scrambled with cell-specific sequence(s) prior to modulation, resulting in a block of scrambled bits. A scrambling sequence generator(s) may be initialized at the start of subframe(s). Block (s)of scrambled bits may be modulated using QPSK. Block(s) of modulation symbols may be mapped to at least one layer and precoded resulting in a block of vectors representing the signal for at least one antenna port. Instances of PCFICH control channel(s) may indicate one of several (e.g. 3) possible values after being decoded. The range of possible values of instance(s) of the first control channel may depend on the first carrier bandwidth.
According to some of the various embodiments, physical downlink control channel(s) may carry scheduling assignments and other control information. The number of resource- elements not assigned to PCFICH or PHICH may be assigned to PDCCH. PDCCH may support multiple formats. Multiple PDCCH packets may be transmitted in a subframe. PDCCH may be coded by tail biting convolutionally encoder before transmission. PDCCH bits may be scrambled with a cell-specific sequence prior to modulation, resulting in block(s) of scrambled bits. Scrambling sequence generator(s) may be initialized at the start of subframe(s). Block(s) of scrambled bits may be modulated using QPSK. Block(s) of modulation symbols may be mapped to at least one layer and precoded resulting in a block of vectors representing the signal for at least one antenna port. PDCCH may be transmitted on the same set of antenna ports as the PBCH, wherein PBCH is a physical broadcast channel broadcasting at least one basic system information field.
According to some of the various embodiments, scheduling control packet(s) may be transmitted for packet(s) or group(s) of packets transmitted in downlink shared channel(s). Scheduling control packet(s) may include information about subcarriers used for packet transmission(s). PDCCH may also provide power control commands for uplink channels. OFDM subcarriers that are allocated for transmission of PDCCH may occupy the bandwidth of downlink carrier(s). PDCCH channel(s) may carry a plurality of downlink control packets in subframe(s). PDCCH may be transmitted on downlink carrier(s) starting from the first OFDM symbol of subframe(s), and may occupy up to multiple symbol duration(s) (e.g. 3 or 4).
According to some of the various embodiments, PHICH may carry the hybrid- ARQ
(automatic repeat request) ACK/NACK. Multiple PHICHs mapped to the same set of resource elements may constitute a PHICH group, where PHICHs within the same PHICH group may be separated through different orthogonal sequences. PHICH resource(s) may be identified by the index pair (group, sequence), where group(s) may be the PHICH group
number(s) and sequence(s) may be the orthogonal sequence index within the group(s). For frame structure type 1 , the number of PHICH groups may depend on parameters from higher layers (RRC). For frame structure type 2, the number of PHICH groups may vary between downlink subframes according to a pre-defined arrangement. Block(s) of bits transmitted on one PHICH in one subframe may be modulated using BPSK or QPSK, resulting in a block(s) of complex- valued modulation symbols. Block(s) of modulation symbols may be symbol- wise multiplied with an orthogonal sequence and scrambled, resulting in a sequence of modulation symbols
Other arrangements for PCFICH, PHICH, PDCCH, and/or PDSCH may be supported. The configurations presented here are for example purposes. In another example, resources PCFICH, PHICH, and/or PDCCH radio resources may be transmitted in radio resources including a subset of subcarriers and pre-defined time duration in each or some of the subframes. In an example, PUSCH resource(s) may start from the first symbol. In another example embodiment, radio resource configuration(s) for PUSCH, PUCCH, and/or PRACH (physical random access channel) may use a different configuration. For example, channels may be time multiplexed, or time/frequency multiplexed when mapped to uplink radio resources.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, control message(s) or control packet(s) may be scheduled for transmission in a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) and/or physical uplink shared channel PUSCH. PDSCH and PUSCH may carry control and data message(s)/packet(s). Control message(s) and/or packet(s) may be processed before transmission. For example, the control message(s) and/or packet(s) may be fragmented or multiplexed before transmission. A control message in an upper layer may be processed as a data packet in the MAC or physical layer. For example, system information block(s) as well as data traffic may be scheduled for transmission in PDSCH. Data packet(s) may be encrypted packets.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, a wireless device may be preconfigured with one or more carriers. When the wireless device is configured with more than one carrier, the base station and/or wireless device may activate and/or deactivate the configured carriers. One of the carriers (the primary carrier) may always be activated. Other carriers may be deactivated by default and/or may be activated by a base station when needed. A base station may activate and deactivate carriers by sending an activation/deactivation MAC control element. Furthermore, the UE may maintain a carrier deactivation timer per configured carrier and deactivate the associated carrier upon its expiry. The same initial timer
value may apply to instance(s) of the carrier deactivation timer. The initial value of the timer may be configured by a network. The configured carriers (unless the primary carrier) may be initially deactivated upon addition and after a handover.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, if a wireless device receives an activation/deactivation MAC control element activating the carrier, the wireless device may activate the carrier, and/or may apply normal carrier operation including:
sounding reference signal transmissions on the carrier, CQI (channel quality
indicator)/PMI(precoding matrix indicator)/RI(ranking indicator) reporting for the carrier, PDCCH monitoring on the carrier, PDCCH monitoring for the carrier, start or restart the carrier deactivation timer associated with the carrier, and/or the like. If the device receives an activation/deactivation MAC control element deactivating the carrier, and/or if the carrier deactivation timer associated with the activated carrier expires, the base station or device may deactivate the carrier, and may stop the carrier deactivation timer associated with the carrier, and/or may flush HARQ buffers associated with the carrier.
If PDCCH on a carrier scheduling the activated carrier indicates an uplink grant or a downlink assignment for the activated carrier, the device may restart the carrier deactivation timer associated with the carrier. When a carrier is deactivated, the wireless device may not transmit SRS (sounding reference signal) for the carrier, may not report CQI/PMI/RI for the carrier, may not transmit on UL-SCH for the carrier, may not monitor the PDCCH on the carrier, and/or may not monitor the PDCCH for the carrier.
A process to assign subcarriers to data packets may be executed by a MAC layer scheduler. The decision on assigning subcarriers to a packet may be made based on data packet size, resources required for transmission of data packets (number of radio resource blocks), modulation and coding assigned to data packet(s), QoS required by the data packets (i.e. QoS parameters assigned to data packet bearer), the service class of a subscriber receiving the data packet, or subscriber device capability, a combination of the above, and/or the like.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, subcarriers may include data subcarrier symbols and pilot subcarrier symbols. Pilot symbols may not carry user data, and may be included in the transmission to help the receiver to perform synchronization, channel estimation and/or signal quality detection. Base stations and wireless devices
(wireless receiver) may use different methods to generate and transmit pilot symbols along with information symbols.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the transmitter in the disclosed embodiments of the present invention may be a wireless device (also called user
equipment), a base station (also called eNodeB), a relay node transmitter, and/or the like. The receiver in the disclosed embodiments of the present invention may be a wireless device (also called user equipment-UE), a base station (also called eNodeB), a relay node receiver, and/or the like. According to some of the various aspects of embodiments of the present invention, layer 1 (physical layer) may be based on OFDMA or SC-FDMA. Time may be divided into frame(s) with fixed duration. Frame(s) may be divided into substantially equally sized subframes, and subframe(s) may be divided into substantially equally sized slot(s). A plurality of OFDM or SC-FDMA symbol(s) may be transmitted in slot(s). OFDMA or SC- FDMA symbol(s) may be grouped into resource block(s). A scheduler may assign resource(s) in resource block unit(s), and/or a group of resource block unit(s). Physical resource block(s) may be resources in the physical layer, and logical resource block(s) may be resource block(s) used by the MAC layer. Similar to virtual and physical subcarriers, resource block(s) may be mapped from logical to physical resource block(s). Logical resource block(s) may be contiguous, but corresponding physical resource block(s) may be non-contiguous. Some of the various embodiments of the present invention may be implemented at the physical or logical resource block level(s).
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, layer 2 transmission may include PDCP (packet data convergence protocol), RLC (radio link control), MAC (media access control) sub-layers, and/or the like. MAC may be responsible for the multiplexing and mapping of logical channels to transport channels and vice versa. A MAC layer may perform channel mapping, scheduling, random access channel procedures, uplink timing maintenance, and/or the like.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the MAC layer may map logical channel(s) carrying RLC PDUs (packet data unit) to transport channel(s). For transmission, multiple SDUs (service data unit) from logical channel(s) may be mapped to the Transport Block (TB) to be sent over transport channel(s). For reception, TBs from transport channel(s) may be demultiplexed and assigned to corresponding logical channel(s). The MAC layer may perform scheduling related function(s) in both the uplink and downlink and thus may be responsible for transport format selection associated with transport channel(s). This may include HARQ functionality. Since scheduling may be done at the base station, the MAC layer may be responsible for reporting scheduling related information such as UE (user equipment or wireless device) buffer occupancy and power headroom. It may also handle prioritization from both an inter-UE and intra-UE logical channel perspective. MAC may also be responsible for random access procedure(s) for the uplink that may be performed following
either a contention and non-contention based process. UE may need to maintain timing synchronization with cell(s). The MAC layer may perform procedure(s) for periodic synchronization.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the MAC layer may be responsible for the mapping of multiple logical channel(s) to transport channel(s) during transmission(s), and demultiplexing and mapping of transport channel data to logical channel(s) during reception. A MAC PDU may include of a header that describes the format of the PDU itself, which may include control element(s), SDUs, Padding, and/or the like. The header may be composed of multiple sub-headers, one for constituent part(s) of the MAC PDU. The MAC may also operate in a transparent mode, where no header may be pre- pended to the PDU. Activation command(s) may be inserted into packet(s) using a MAC control element.
According to some of the various aspects of embodiments, the MAC layer in some wireless device(s) may report buffer size(s) of either a single Logical Channel Group (LCG) or a group of LCGs to a base station. An LCG may be a group of logical channels identified by an LCG ID. The mapping of logical channel(s) to LCG may be set up during radio configuration. Buffer status report(s) may be used by a MAC scheduler to assign radio resources for packet transmission from wireless device(s). HARQ and ARQ processes may be used for packet retransmission to enhance the reliability of radio transmission and reduce the overall probability of packet loss.
In this specification, "a" and "an" and similar phrases are to be interpreted as "at least one" and "one or more." In this specification, the term "may" is to be interpreted as "may, for example," In other words, the term "may" is indicative that the phrase following the term "may" is an example of one of a multitude of suitable possibilities that may, or may not, be employed to one or more of the various embodiments. If A and B are sets and every element of A is also an element of B, A is called a subset of B. In this specification, only non-empty sets and subsets are considered. For example, possible subsets of B = {celll, cell2} are:
{celll }, {cell2}, and {celll, cell2}.
Many of the elements described in the disclosed embodiments may be implemented as modules. A module is defined here as an isolatable element that performs a defined function and has a defined interface to other elements. The modules described in this disclosure may be implemented in hardware, software in combination with hardware, firmware, wetware (i.e hardware with a biological element) or a combination thereof, all of which are behaviorally equivalent. For example, modules may be implemented as a software routine written in a
computer language configured to be executed by a hardware machine (such as C, C++, Fortran, Java, Basic, Matlab or the like) or a modeling/simulation program such as Simulink, Stateflow, GNU Octave, or LabVIEWMathScript. Additionally, it may be possible to implement modules using physical hardware that incorporates discrete or programmable analog, digital and/or quantum hardware. Examples of programmable hardware comprise: computers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs); field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs); and complex programmable logic devices (CPLDs). Computers, microcontrollers and microprocessors are programmed using languages such as assembly, C, C++ or the like. FPGAs, ASICs and CPLDs are often programmed using hardware description languages (HDL) such as VHSIC hardware description language
(VHDL) or Verilog that configure connections between internal hardware modules with lesser functionality on a programmable device. Finally, it needs to be emphasized that the above mentioned technologies are often used in combination to achieve the result of a functional module.
The disclosure of this patent document incorporates material which is subject to copyright protection. The copyright owner has no objection to the facsimile reproduction by anyone of the patent document or the patent disclosure, as it appears in the Patent and Trademark Office patent file or records, for the limited purposes required by law, but otherwise reserves all copyright rights whatsoever.
While various embodiments have been described above, it should be understood that they have been presented by way of example, and not limitation. It will be apparent to persons skilled in the relevant art(s) that various changes in form and detail can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope. In fact, after reading the above description, it will be apparent to one skilled in the relevant art(s) how to implement alternative embodiments. Thus, the present embodiments should not be limited by any of the above described exemplary embodiments. In particular, it should be noted that, for example purposes, the above explanation has focused on the example(s) using FDD communication systems. However, one skilled in the art will recognize that embodiments of the invention may also be implemented in TDD communication systems. The disclosed methods and systems may be implemented in wireless or wireline systems. The features of various embodiments presented in this invention may be combined. One or many features (method or system) of one embodiment may be implemented in other embodiments. Only a limited number of example combinations are shown to indicate to one skilled in the art the possibility
of features that may be combined in various embodiments to create enhanced transmission and reception systems and methods.
In addition, it should be understood that any figures which highlight the functionality and advantages, are presented for example purposes only. The disclosed architecture is sufficiently flexible and configurable, such that it may be utilized in ways other than that shown. For example, the actions listed in any flowchart may be re-ordered or only optionally used in some embodiments.
Further, the purpose of the Abstract of the Disclosure is to enable the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the public generally, and especially the scientists, engineers and practitioners in the art who are not familiar with patent or legal terms or phraseology, to determine quickly from a cursory inspection the nature and essence of the technical disclosure of the application. The Abstract of the Disclosure is not intended to be limiting as to the scope in any way.
Finally, it is the applicant's intent that only claims that include the express language "means for" or "step for" be interpreted under 35 U.S.C. 112, paragraph 6. Claims that do not expressly include the phrase "means for" or "step for" are not to be interpreted under 35 U.S.C. 112, paragraph 6.
Claims
is claimed is:
A method comprising:
a) transmitting, by a first base station, a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said first message comprising an initial first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial first plurality of subframes, said initial first plurality of subframes comprising an initial first plurality of special subframes; b) transmitting, by each of at least one second base station, a second message to a
second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, for each of said at least one second base station, said second message comprising an initial second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial second plurality of subframes, said initial second plurality of subframes comprising an initial second plurality of special subframes, coverage area of said first base station overlapping coverage area of each of said at least one second base station; and
c) after an increase in the traffic load carried by said first base station by an amount greater than a load value:
i) transmitting, by said first base station, a third message, said third message comprising an updated first subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated first plurality of subframes, said updated first plurality of subframes comprising an updated first plurality of special subframes, said updated first plurality of special subframes comprising a smaller number of special subframes than said initial first plurality of special subframes; and ii) transmitting, by each of said at least one second base station, a fourth message, said fourth message comprising an updated second subframe allocation bitmap indicating an updated second plurality of subframes, said updated second plurality of subframes comprising an updated second plurality of special subframes, said updated second plurality of special subframes comprising a greater number of special subframes than said initial second plurality of special subframes; and
wherein during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of a base station: no signal is transmitted by said base station; or signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe.
2. The method of claim 1 , further comprising, transmitting in said special subframe, a common reference signal only in a control region.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein base stations in said plurality of second base stations: a) configure the same set of subframes as said second initial plurality of special
subframes; and
b) configure the same set of subframes as said second updated plurality of special subframes.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein said first message, said second message, and said fourth message are broadcast employing a physical downlink shared channel.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein traffic load carried by said first base station increases when the number of said first plurality of wireless devices increases.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein traffic load carried by said first base station increases, when downlink or uplink radio resource utilization increases.
7. The method of claim 1, further comprising transmitting, by said first base station, a
message to each of said at least one second base station after an increase in the traffic load carried by said first base station, said message comprising a first pattern bitmap indicating said updated first special subframe allocation.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein said message further comprises a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of said special subframes, said subset of said special subframes indicated by said first pattern bitmap, said first pattern bitmap employed to configure measurement parameters for a subset of said second plurality of wireless devices.
9. A method comprising:
a) transmitting, by a base station, a first message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said first message comprising:
i) an initial subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, n being an integer greater than or equal to one, each frame being assigned a system frame number (SFN);
ii) an initial subframe allocation offset i, i being an integer greater than or equal to zero; and
iii) an initial subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial plurality of subframes in k frames, k being an integer where \<k < n, said bitmap applying to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets (SFN mod n =
i) criterion, said initial plurality of subframes comprising an initial plurality of special subframes; and
b) transmitting, by said base station, a second message after an increase in the number of said plurality of wireless devices by an amount greater than a load value, said second message comprising:
i) said initial subframe allocation repetition period;
ii) said initial subframe allocation offset; and
iii) an updated subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of
subframes, said second plurality of subframes comprising an updated plurality of special subframes, said updated plurality of special subframes comprising a smaller number of special subframes than said initial plurality of special subframes; and
wherein during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of said base station: no signal is transmitted by said base station; or signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein n is equal to 7) and j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, and 5.
11. The method of claim 9, further comprising broadcasting, by said base station, said system frame number represented by m bits during each frame.
12. The method of claim 9, further comprising broadcasting, by said base station, the p most significant bits of said system frame number using a plurality of subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier.
13. The method of claim 12, further comprising transmitting, by said base station, the (m-p) least significant bits of said system frame number by encoding control blocks in said physical broadcast channel over 2^m_p) frames, sequential position of said encoded control blocks determining the (m-p) least significant bits.
14. The method of claim 9, further comprising transmitting, by said first base station, a
message to each of said at least one second base station after an increase in the traffic load carried by said first base station by an amount greater than said load value, said message comprising a first pattern bitmap indicating said updated first special subframe allocation.
15. The method of claim 9, further comprising, transmitting in said special subframe, a
common reference signal only in a control region.
16. A base station comprising:
a) one or more communication interfaces;
b) one or more processors; and
c) memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause said base station to:
i) transmit a first message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said first message comprising an initial subframe allocation bitmap indicating an initial plurality of subframes, said initial plurality of subframes comprising an initial plurality of special subframes; and
ii) transmit a second message after an increase in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value, said second message comprising an updated subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes, said second plurality of subframes comprising an updated plurality of special subframes, said updated plurality of special subframes comprising a smaller number of special subframes than said initial plurality of special subframes; and
wherein during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of said base station: no signal is transmitted by said base station; or signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe.
17. The base station of claim 16, wherein said instructions, when executed, further cause said first base station transmitting a message to each of said at least one second base station after an increase in the traffic load carrier by said first base station by an amount greater than said load value, said message comprising a first pattern bitmap indicating said updated first special subframe allocation.
18. The base station of claim 17, wherein said message further comprises a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of said special subframes, said subset of said special subframes indicated by said first pattern bitmap, said first pattern bitmap employed to configure measurement parameters for a subset of said second plurality of wireless devices.
19. The method of claim 16, wherein traffic load carried by said first base station increases when the number of said first plurality of wireless devices increases.
20. The method of claim 16, wherein traffic load carried by said first base station increases when downlink or uplink radio resource utilization increases.
21. A method comprising:
a) providing, by a first base station, an overlapping coverage area with each of a plurality of second base stations, said first base station being of a different base station type than said plurality of second base stations;
b) transmitting, by said first base station, a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said first message comprising:
i) a first subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to one, each frame being assigned a system frame number (SFN);
ii) a first subframe allocation offset i, i being an integer greater than or equal to zero; and
iii) a first subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes in k frames, k being an integer where \<k < n, said bitmap applying to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets (SFN mod n = i) criterion, said first plurality of subframes comprising a first plurality of special subframes; and
c) transmitting, by each of said plurality of second base stations, a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, for each of said plurality of second base stations, said second message comprising said first subframe allocation repetition period, said first subframe allocation offset, and a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes, said second plurality of subframes comprising a second plurality of special subframes; and
wherein:
i) base stations in said plurality of second base stations configure the same set of subframes as said second plurality of special subframes;
ii) said first plurality of special subframes and said second plurality of special subframes do not substantially overlap in time; and
iii) during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of a base station:
(1) no signal being transmitted by said base station; or
(2) signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe.
The method of claim 21 , wherein said base station type is one of the following:
a) a femto base station type;
b) a pico base station type;
c) a micro base station type; and
d) a macro base station type.
23. The method of claim 21, further comprising, transmitting in said special subframe, a
common reference signal only in a control region.
24. The method of claim 21, wherein n is equal to 2> and j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
25. The method of claim 21 , wherein said first message and said second message are
broadcasted using physical downlink shared channel.
26. The method of claim 21, further comprising transmitting a plurality of unicast messages to a subset of said first plurality of wireless devices, said plurality of unicast messages configuring:
a) measurement subframes of a primary carrier for said subset of said first plurality of wireless devices; and
b) measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for said subset of said first plurality of wireless devices.
27. The method of claim 21, wherein said first base station decreases the number of special subframes in said first plurality of special subframes in response to an increase in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value.
28. The method of claim 21, wherein said first base station increases the number of special subframes in said first plurality of special subframes in response to a decrease in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value.
29. The method of claim 21, further comprising said first base station transmitting a message to each of said at least one second base station, said message comprising a first pattern bitmap indicating said first special subframe allocation.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein said message further comprises a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of said special subframes, said subset of said special subframes indicated by said first pattern bitmap, said first pattern bitmap employed to configure measurement parameters for a subset of said second plurality of wireless devices.
31. The method of claim 21, wherein frame and subframe transmission of said first base
station and each of said second plurality of base stations are substantially synchronized.
32. A method comprising:
a) providing, by a first base station, an overlapping coverage area with each of a plurality of second base stations, said first base station being of a different base station type than said plurality of second base stations;
b) transmitting, by said first base station, a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said first message comprising a first subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes, said first plurality of subframes comprising a first plurality of special subframes; and
c) transmitting, by each of said plurality of second base stations, a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, for each of said plurality of second base stations, said second message comprising a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes, said second plurality of subframes comprising a second plurality of special subframes; and
wherein:
i) base stations in said plurality of second base stations configure the same set of subframes as said second plurality of special subframes;
ii) said first plurality of special subframes and said second plurality of special subframes do not substantially overlap in time; and
iii) during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of a base station:
(1) no signal being transmitted by said base station; or
(2) signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is
substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe.
33. The method of claim 32, said base station type is one of the following:
a) a femto base station type;
b) a pico base station type;
c) a micro base station type; and
d) a macro base station type.
34. The method of claim 32, wherein said first base station decreases the number of special subframes in said first plurality of special subframes in response to an increase in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value.
35. The method of claim 32, further comprising said first base station transmitting a message to each of said at least one second base station, said message comprising a first pattern bitmap indicating said first special subframe allocation.
36. The method of claim 32, further comprising transmitting in said special subframe, a common reference signal only in a control region.
37. A method comprising:
a) providing, by a first base station, an overlapping coverage area with each of a
plurality of second base stations, said first base station being of a different base station type than said plurality of second base stations; and
b) transmitting, by each of said plurality of second base stations, a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, for each of said plurality of second base stations, said second message comprising a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes, said second plurality of subframes comprising a second plurality of special subframes; and
wherein:
i) base stations in said plurality of second base stations configure the same set of subframes as said second plurality of special subframes; and ii) during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of a base station:
(1) no signal being transmitted by said base station; or
(2) signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is
substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe.
38. The method of claim 37, further comprising said first base station transmitting a message to each of said at least one second base station, said message comprising a first pattern bitmap indicating said first special subframe allocation.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein said message further comprises a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of said special subframes, said subset of said special subframes indicated by said first pattern bitmap, said first pattern bitmap employed to configure measurement parameters for a subset of said second plurality of wireless devices.
40. The method of claim 37, further comprising, transmitting in said special subframe, a
common reference signal only in a control region.
41. A method comprising:
a) transmitting, by each base station in a plurality of base stations, during each frame in a plurality of frames, a system frame number (SFN) assigned to said frame; and b) transmitting, by each base station in said plurality of base stations, during each
frame in said plurality of frames, a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID, the
transmission of said synchronization signals being substantially time aligned among said plurality of base stations; and
c) transmitting, by each base station in said plurality of base stations, a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, for each of said plurality of base stations, said message comprising:
i) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of p frames, p being an integer greater than or equal to one;
ii) a subframe allocation offset i, i being an integer greater than or equal to zero; and
iii) a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes in k frames, k being an integer where \<k <p, said bitmap applying to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets (SFN mod p = i) criterion, said plurality of subframes comprising a plurality of special subframes, during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of a base station:
(1) no signal is transmitted by said base station; or
(2) signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is
substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe; and
wherein all the base stations in said plurality of base stations transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
42. The method of claim 41, further comprising, transmitting in said special subframe, a
common reference signal only in a control region.
43. The method of claim 41, wherein p is equal to 2> and j is one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
44. The method of claim 41, wherein said message is broadcast employing a physical
downlink shared channel.
45. The method of claim 41, wherein said first base station decreases the number of special subframes in said first plurality of special subframes in response to an increase in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value.
46. The method of claim 41, wherein said first base station increases the number of special subframes in said first plurality of special subframes in response to a decrease in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value.
47. A method for operating each base station in a plurality of base stations, said method comprising:
a) transmitting, in each frame in a plurality of frames, the n most significant bits of a system frame number assigned to said frame, said transmission employing a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier, said system frame number (SFN) being represented by m bits;
b) transmitting the (m-ri) least significant bits of said system frame number by
encoding control blocks in said physical broadcast channel over 2(m_n) frames, sequential position of said encoded control blocks determining the (m-ri) least significant bits; and
c) transmitting during each frame in said plurality of frames, a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID, transmission of said synchronization signal of each base station in said plurality of base stations substantially time aligned with transmission of other synchronization signals of other base stations in said plurality of base stations; and wherein all the base stations in said plurality of base stations transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted substantially at the same time.
48. The method of claim 47, wherein said synchronization signal comprises a primary
synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal.
49. The method of claim 48, wherein said primary synchronization signal is generated using a frequency-domain Zadoff-Chu sequence.
50. The method of claim 48, wherein said primary synchronization signal is mapped to the last OFDM symbol in slots 0 and 10 for an FDD frame structure.
51. The method of claim 48, wherein said primary synchronization signal is mapped to the third OFDM symbol in subframes 1 and 6 for a TDD frame structure.
52. The method of claim 48, wherein said secondary synchronization signal is generated using an interleaved concatenation of two 31 bit length sequences.
53. The method of claim 52, wherein said concatenated sequence is scrambled with a
scrambling sequence provided by the primary synchronization signal.
54. The method of claim 48, wherein said secondary synchronization signal differs between subframe 0 and subframe 5.
55. The method of claim 47, wherein said first plurality of subframes further comprise at least one of:
a) one or more subframes employed for broadcasting or multicasting; and
b) one or more subframes used for scheduling wireless devices that are compliant with LTE releases 10 or greater.
56. A method comprising:
a) transmitting, by each base station in a plurality of base stations, during each frame in a plurality of frames, a system frame number assigned to said frame; and b) transmitting in substantial time alignment during each frame in said plurality of frames, by each base station in said plurality of base stations, a synchronization signal indicating a cell ID; and
wherein all the base stations in said plurality of base stations transmit the same system frame number in frames that are transmitted in substantial time alignment.
57. The method of claim 56, wherein said synchronization signal comprises a primary
synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal.
58. The method of claim 57, wherein said primary synchronization signal is generated using a frequency-domain Zadoff-Chu sequence.
59. The method of claim 57, wherein said primary synchronization signal is mapped to the last OFDM symbol in slots 0 and 10 for an FDD frame structure.
60. The method of claim 57, wherein said primary synchronization signal is mapped to the third OFDM symbol in subframes 1 and 6 for a TDD frame structure.
61. A method comprising:
a) providing, by a first base station, an overlapping coverage area with each of a
plurality of second base stations and each of a plurality of third base stations, said first base station having a different base station type than said plurality of second base stations and said plurality of third base stations;
b) transmitting, by said first base station, a first message to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said first message comprising a first subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of subframes, said first plurality of subframes comprising a first plurality of special subframes;
c) each of said plurality of second base stations:
i) allowing regular access to a plurality of wireless devices; and
ii) transmitting a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said second message comprising a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes, said second plurality of subframes comprising a second plurality of special subframes, all
base stations in said plurality of second base stations identifying the same set of subframes as said second plurality of special subframes, said first plurality of special subframes and said second plurality of special subframes not having a substantial overlap in time; and
d) each of said plurality of third base stations:
i) allowing regular access only to a restricted subset of said plurality of wireless devices; and
ii) transmitting a third message to a third plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said third message comprising a third subframe allocation bitmap indicating a third plurality of subframes, said third plurality of subframes comprising a third plurality of special subframes, wherein at least two base stations in said plurality of third base stations identify different sets of subframes as said second plurality of special subframes; and wherein during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of said base station: no signal is transmitted by said base station; or signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non- special subframe.
62. The method of claim 61, wherein said first message further comprises said second special subframe allocation period and said second special subframe allocation offset.
63. The method of claim 61, further comprising, transmitting in said special subframe, a common reference signal only in a control region.
64. The method of claim 61, wherein said first message, said second message, and said third message are broadcast employing a physical downlink shared channel.
65. The method of claim 61, further comprising transmitting a plurality of unicast messages to a subset of said first plurality of wireless devices, said plurality of unicast messages configuring:
a) measurement subframes of a primary carrier for said subset of said first plurality of wireless devices; and
b) measurement subframes of a plurality of neighboring carriers for said subset of said first plurality of wireless devices.
66. The method of claim 61, wherein frame and subframe transmission of said first base station and each of said second plurality of base stations and each of said plurality of third base stations are substantially synchronized.
67. The method of claim 61, further comprising, each of said plurality of third base stations broadcasting a closed subscriber group indicator and a closed subscriber group identity.
68. The method of claim 61, wherein said at least two base stations in said third plurality of base stations provide an overlapping coverage area in at least a region in the service area of said network.
69. A method comprising:
a) providing, by a first base station, an overlapping coverage area with each of a plurality of second base stations and each of a plurality of third base stations, said first base station having a different base station type than said plurality of second base stations and said plurality of third base stations;
b) each of said plurality of second base stations:
i) allowing regular access to a plurality of wireless devices; and
ii) transmitting a second message to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said second message comprising a second subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of subframes, said second plurality of subframes comprising a second plurality of special subframes, base stations in said plurality of second base stations identifying the same set of subframes as said second plurality of special subframes; and
c) each of said plurality of third base stations:
i) allowing regular access only to a restricted subset of said plurality of wireless devices; and
ii) transmitting a third message to a third plurality of wireless devices in
connected mode, said third message comprising a third subframe allocation bitmap indicating a third plurality of subframes, said third plurality of subframes comprising a third plurality of special subframes, at least two base stations in said plurality of third base stations identifying different sets of subframes as said second plurality of special subframes; and wherein during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of said base station: no signal is transmitted by said base station; or signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe.
70. The method of claim 69, wherein said first base station decreases the number of special subframes in said first plurality of special subframes in response to an increase in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value..
71. The method of claim 69, wherein said first base station increases the number of special subframes in said first plurality of special subframes in response to a decrease in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value.
72. The method of claim 69, further comprising said first base station transmitting a message to each of said at least one second base station, said message comprising a first pattern bitmap indicating said first special subframe allocation.
73. The method of claim 72, wherein said message further comprises a second pattern bitmap indicating a subset of said special subframes indicated by said first pattern bitmap used to configure measurement parameters for a subset of said second plurality of wireless devices.
74. A method comprising:
a) providing, by a first base station, an overlapping coverage area with each of a
plurality of second base stations and each of a plurality of third base stations, said first base station having a different base station type than said plurality of second base stations and said plurality of third base stations;
b) each of said plurality of second base stations:
i) allowing regular access to a plurality of wireless devices; and
ii) configuring a second plurality of special subframes, base stations in said
plurality of second base stations configuring the same set of subframes as said second plurality of special subframes; and
c) each of said plurality of third base stations:
i) allowing regular access only to a restricted subset of said plurality of wireless devices; and
ii) configuring a third plurality of special subframes, at least two base stations in said plurality of third base stations not configuring the same set of subframes as said second plurality of special subframes; and
wherein during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of said base station: no signal is transmitted by said base station; or signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non- special subframe.
75. The method of claim 74, further comprising broadcasting, by each base station in said first plurality of base stations and said second plurality of base stations:
a) the n most significant bits of said system frame number employing a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier, said system frame number being represented by m bits, m>n; and
b) the (m-ri) least significant bits of said system frame number by encoding control blocks in said physical broadcast channel over 2(m_n) frames, sequential position of said encoded control blocks determining the (m-ri) least significant bits.
76. The method of claim 74, wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations
broadcasts the same system frame number if said frames are transmitted substantially at the same time.
77. The method of claim 74, wherein each of said third plurality of wireless devices is
configured with a closed subscriber group white-list including the closed subscriber group identity of a base station in said plurality of third base stations.
78. The method of claim 74, wherein said at least two base stations in said third plurality of base stations broadcast different closed subscriber group identities.
79. The method of claim 74, further comprising, transmitting in said special subframe, a
common reference signal only in a control region.
80. The method of claim 74, further comprising, each of said plurality of third base stations broadcasting a closed subscriber group indicator and a closed subscriber group identity.
81. A method comprising:
a) configuring, by a base station: second, fourth, seventh, and ninth subframes of every radio frame in a plurality of radio frames as special subframes;
b) transmitting, by said base station, a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said message comprising a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes in said plurality of radio frames, said plurality of subframes comprising said plurality of special subframes; and
c) transmitting, by said base station, at least one unicast message to a subset of said plurality of wireless devices, said at least one unicast message comprising: i) a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap configuring a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for said subset of said plurality of wireless devices, said first plurality of measurement subframes excluding said special subframes in each radio frame in said plurality of radio frames; and
ii) a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap configuring a second plurality of measurement subframes of said primary carrier for said subset of said plurality of wireless devices, said second plurality of measurement subframes excluding any of the subframes in said first plurality of
measurement subframes; and
wherein:
i) said first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and said second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than said subframe allocation bitmap; and
ii) during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of said base station: no signal is transmitted by said base station; or signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe.
82. The method of claim 81, further comprising transmitting during a special subframe, a common reference signal only in a control region.
83. The method of claim 81, wherein each frame in said plurality of radio frames is assigned a system frame number (SFN) and is divided into N subframes, N being an integer greater than one.
84. The method of claim 81, wherein said message further comprises:
a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, n being an integer greater than or equal to one; and
b) a subframe allocation offset i, i being an integer greater than or equal to zero.
85. The method of claim 84, wherein said subframe allocation bitmap indicates a plurality of subframes in k frames, k being an integer and \<k < n, said bitmap applying to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets (SFN mod n = i) criterion.
86. The method of claim 85, wherein n is equal to Ί) , j being one of the following numbers: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
87. The method of claim 85, wherein said base station broadcasts:
a) said system frame number represented by m bits;
b) the p most significant bits of said system frame number employing a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier; and
c) the (m-p) least significant bits of said system frame number by encoding control blocks in said physical broadcast channel over 2 ^m_p) frames, sequential position of said encoded control blocks determining the (m-p) least significant bits.
88. A method comprising:
a) configuring, by a base station: third and eighth subframes of every radio frame in a plurality of radio frames as special subframes;
b) transmitting, by said base station, a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said message comprising a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes in said plurality of radio frames, said plurality of subframes comprising said plurality of special subframes; and
c) transmitting, by said base station, at least one unicast message to a subset of said plurality of wireless devices, said at least one unicast message comprising: i) a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap configuring a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for said subset of said plurality of wireless devices, said first plurality of measurement subframes excluding said special subframes in each radio frame in said plurality of radio frames; and ii) a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap configuring a second
plurality of measurement subframes of said primary carrier for said subset of said plurality of wireless devices, said second plurality of measurement subframes excluding any of the subframes in said first plurality of
measurement subframes; and
wherein:
i) said first measurement subframe allocation bitmap and said second measurement subframe allocation bitmap are longer than said subframe allocation bitmap; and
ii) during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of said base station: no signal is transmitted by said base station; or signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe.
89. The method of claim 88, wherein said at least one unicast message further configures measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for said subset of said plurality of wireless devices.
90. The method of claim 88, wherein said first base station decreases the number of special subframes in said first plurality of special subframes in response to an increase in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value..
91. The method of claim 88, wherein said first base station increases the number of special subframes in said first plurality of special subframes in response to a decrease in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value.
92. The method of claim 88, wherein each wireless device in said subset of said plurality of wireless devices periodically reports channel state information for subframes indicated in said first measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
93. The method of claim 88, wherein each wireless device in said subset of said plurality of wireless devices periodically reports channel state information for subframes indicated in said second measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
94. A method comprising:
a) one or more communication interfaces;
b) one or more processors; and
c) memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause said base station to:
i) configure second, fourth and eighth subframes of every radio frame in a
plurality of radio frames as special subframes; and
ii) transmit a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said message comprising a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes in said plurality of radio frames, said plurality of subframes comprising said plurality of special subframes; and
wherein during a majority of symbols of a special subframe of said base station: no signal is transmitted by said base station; or signals are transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non- special subframe.
95. The method of claim 94, further comprising transmitting during a special subframe, a common reference signal only in a control region.
96. The method of claim 94, wherein each frame in said plurality of radio frames is assigned a system frame number (SFN) and is divided into N subframes, N being an integer greater than one.
97. The method of claim 94, wherein said message further comprises:
a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, n being an integer greater than or equal to one; and
b) a subframe allocation offset i, i being an integer greater than or equal to zero.
98. The method of claim 97, wherein said subframe allocation bitmap indicates a plurality of subframes in k frames, k being an integer and \<k < n, said bitmap applying to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets (SFN mod n = i) criterion.
99. The method of claim 98, wherein n is equal to 2>, j being one of the following numbers:
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
100. The method of claim 98, wherein said base station broadcasts:
a) said system frame number represented by m bits
b) the p most significant bits of said system frame number employing a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier; and
c) the (m-p) least significant bits of said system frame number by encoding control blocks in said physical broadcast channel over 2^m~v^ frames, sequential position of said encoded control blocks determining the (m-p) least significant bits.
101. A method comprising:
a) transmitting, by a base station, at least one message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said at least one message comprising:
i) a downlink subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of downlink subframes comprising a first plurality of downlink special subframes, during a majority of symbols of a downlink special subframe of said base station:
(1) no signal is being transmitted by said base station; or
(2) or signals are being transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe; and; and
ii) an uplink subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of uplink subframes comprising a second plurality of uplink special subframes; and iii) scheduling, by said base station, only a subset of said plurality of wireless devices during said second plurality of uplink special subframes; and b) scheduling, by said base station, only a subset of said plurality of wireless devices during said second plurality of uplink special subframes;
c) transmitting, by said base station, at least one unicast message to a second subset of said plurality of wireless devices, said at least one unicast message comprising:
i) a first measurement subframe allocation bitmap configuring a first plurality of measurement subframes of a primary carrier for said subset of said plurality of wireless devices, said first plurality of measurement subframes being a subset of said first plurality of downlink special subframes; and
ii) a second measurement subframe allocation bitmap configuring a second
plurality of measurement subframes of said primary carrier for said subset of said plurality of wireless devices, said second plurality of measurement subframes excluding the subframes in said first plurality of measurement subframes.
102. The method of claim 101 , further comprising, transmitting during said downlink special subframe, a common reference signal only in a control region.
103. The method of claim 101 , wherein each frame in said plurality of frames is assigned a system frame number (SFN) and is divided into N subframes, N being an integer greater than one.
104. The method of claim 101 , wherein said at least one unicast message further configures measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for said second subset of said plurality of wireless devices.
105. The method of claim 101 , wherein said base station decreases the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes in response to an increase in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value.
106. The method of claim 101 , wherein each wireless device in said second subset of said plurality of wireless devices periodically reports channel state information for subframes indicated in said first downlink measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
107. The method of claim 101 , wherein each wireless device in said second subset of said plurality of wireless devices periodically reports channel state information for subframes indicated in said second downlink measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
108. The method of claim 101 , wherein said base station schedules said subset of said plurality of wireless devices to reduce interference introduced to a neighboring base station.
109. A method comprising:
a) transmitting, by a base station, at least one message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said at least one message comprising:
i) a downlink subframe allocation bitmap indicating a first plurality of downlink subframes comprising a first plurality of downlink special subframes, during a majority of symbols of a downlink special subframe of said base station:
(1) no signal is being transmitted by said base station; or
(2) signals are being transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non-special subframe; and;
ii) an uplink subframe allocation bitmap indicating a second plurality of uplink subframes comprising a second plurality of uplink special subframes; and b) scheduling, by said base station, only a subset of said plurality of wireless devices during said second plurality of uplink special subframes.
110. The method of claim 109, wherein each frame in said plurality of frames is assigned a system frame number (SFN) and is divided into N subframes, N being an integer greater than one.
111. The method of claim 110, wherein said at least one message further comprises:
a) a subframe allocation repetition period in terms of n frames, n being an integer
greater than or equal to one; and
b) a subframe allocation offset i, i being an integer greater than or equal to zero.
112. The method of claim 110, wherein said downlink and uplink subframe allocation bitmap indicating special subframes in k frames, k being an integer and \<k < n, said downlink and uplink bitmaps applying to subframes in k frames starting from frames whose SFN meets (SFN mod n = i) criterion.
113. The method of claim 110, wherein n is equal to Ί) , j being one of the following numbers:
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
114. The method of claim 110, wherein said base station broadcasts:
a) said system frame number represented by m bits
b) the p most significant bits of said system frame number employing a plurality of subcarriers in the in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier; and
c) the (m-p) least significant bits of said system frame number by encoding control blocks in said physical broadcast channel over 2^m_p) frames, sequential position of said encoded control blocks determining the (m-p) least significant bits.
115. A base station comprising:
a) one or more communication interfaces;
b) one or more processors; and
c) memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause said base station to:
i) transmit at least one message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode, said at least one message indicating:
(1) a first plurality of downlink subframes comprising a first plurality of downlink special subframes, during a majority of symbols of a downlink special subframe of said base station:
(a) no signal is being transmitted by said base station; or
(b) or signals are being transmitted at a special subframe power level that is substantially lower than a transmit power during a non- special subframe; and
(2) a second plurality of uplink subframes comprising a second plurality of uplink special subframes; and
ii) schedule only a subset of said plurality of wireless devices during said second plurality of uplink special subframes.
116. The method of claim 115, wherein each frame in said plurality of frames is assigned a system frame number (SFN) and is divided into N subframes, wherein N is an integer greater than one.
117. The method of claim 115, wherein said at least one unicast message further configures measurement subframes of a plurality neighboring carriers for said second subset of said plurality of wireless devices.
118. The method of claim 115, wherein said base station increases the number of downlink special subframes or the number of uplink special subframes in response to a decrease in the traffic load of said first base station by an amount greater than a load value.
1 19. The method of claim 115, wherein each wireless device in said second subset of said plurality of wireless devices periodically reports channel state information for subframes indicated in said second downlink measurement subframe allocation bitmap.
120. The method of claim 115, wherein said subset of said plurality of wireless devices are selected to reduce interference introduced to a neighboring base station.
121. A method comprising:
a) receiving, by a wireless device, a first reference signal from a first base station on a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe in a plurality of subframes, said
first plurality of OFDM resources depending, at least in part, on a first base station identifier of said first base station;
b) estimating, by said wireless device, a first signal strength corresponding to said first base station based on said received first reference signal;
c) receiving, by said wireless device, a second reference signal from a second base station, on a second plurality of OFDM resources in said first subframe, said second plurality of OFDM resources depending, at least in part, on a second base station identifier of said second base station;
d) estimating, by said wireless device, a second signal strength corresponding to said second base station based on said received second reference signal;
e) estimating, by said wireless device, an interference value on said second plurality of OFDM resources based, at least in part, on said second reference signal; and f) estimating, by said wireless device, a signal to interference ratio value based on said second signal strength and a total interference value, wherein:
i) if said first plurality of OFDM resources overlap with said second plurality of OFDM resources, said total interference value is computed based upon said interference value; and
ii) if said first plurality of OFDM resources do not overlap with said second plurality of OFDM resources, said total interference value is computed based upon said interference value plus said first signal strength.
122. The method of claim 121, wherein said first base station transmits radio signals at a
substantially higher power than said second base station.
123. The method of claim 121, wherein said second base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than said first base station.
124. The method of any of claims 121, wherein said first base station is one of the following: a) a macro base station type;
b) a pico base station type;
c) a femto base station type with open access; and
d) a femto base station type with close subscriber group access.
125. The method of claim 121, wherein said second base station is one of the following:
a) a macro base station type;
b) a pico base station type;
c) a femto base station type with open access; and
d) a femto base station type with close subscriber group access.
126. The method of claim 121, wherein said first reference signal is one of the following: a) a common reference signal; and
b) a channel state information reference signal.
127. The method of claim 121, wherein said second reference signal is one of the following: a) a common reference signal; and
b) a channel state information reference signal.
128. The method of claim 121, wherein said first signal strength is one of the following:
a) a short term signal strength value obtained from the most recent observation; and b) a long term signal strength value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent observations.
129. The method of claim 121, wherein said second signal strength is one of the following: a) a short term signal strength value obtained from the most recent observation; and b) a long term signal strength value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent observations.
130. The method of claim 121, wherein said interference value is one of the following:
a) a short term interference value obtained from the most recent observation; and b) a long term interference value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent
observations.
131. A method comprising:
a) receiving, by a wireless device, a first reference signal from a first base station on a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe in a plurality of subframes, said first plurality of OFDM resources depending, at least in part, on a first base station identifier of said first base station;
b) estimating, by said wireless device, a first signal strength corresponding to said first base station based on said received first reference signal;
c) receiving, by said wireless device, a second reference signal from a second base station, on a second plurality of OFDM resources in said first subframe, said second plurality of OFDM resources depending, at least in part, on a second base station identifier of said second base station;
d) estimating, by said wireless device, a second signal strength corresponding to said second base station based on said received second reference signal;
e) estimating, by said wireless device, an interference value on said second plurality of OFDM resources based, at least in part, on said second reference signal; and f) estimating, by said wireless device, a signal to interference ratio value based on said second signal strength and a total interference value, wherein:
i) if said first plurality of OFDM resources do not overlap with said second plurality of OFDM resources, said total interference value is computed based upon said interference value; and
ii) if said first plurality of OFDM resources overlap with said second plurality of OFDM resources, said total interference value is computed based upon said interference value minus said first signal strength.
132. The method of claim 131, wherein said first base station transmits radio signals at a
substantially higher power than said second base station.
133. The method of claim 131, wherein said second base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than said first base station.
134. The method of any of claims 131, wherein said first base station is one of the following: a) a macro base station type;
b) a pico base station type;
c) a femto base station type with open access; and
d) a femto base station type with close subscriber group access.
135. The method of claim 131, wherein said second base station is one of the following:
a) a macro base station type;
b) a pico base station type;
c) a femto base station type with open access; and
d) a femto base station type with close subscriber group access.
136. The method of claim 131, wherein said first reference signal is one of the following: a) a common reference signal; and
b) a channel state information reference signal.
137. The method of claim 131, wherein said second reference signal is one of the following: a) a common reference signal; and
b) a channel state information reference signal.
138. The method of claim 131, wherein said first signal strength is one of the following:
a) a short term signal strength value obtained from the most recent observation; and
b) a long term signal strength value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent observations.
139. The method of claim 131, wherein said second signal strength is one of the following: a) a short term signal strength value obtained from the most recent observation; and b) a long term signal strength value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent
observations.
140. The method of claim 131, wherein said interference value is one of the following:
a) a short term interference value obtained from the most recent observation; and b) a long term interference value obtained from averaging a plurality of recent
observations.
141. A method for operating a wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base stations, wherein a first base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said method comprising:
a) demodulating, descrambling and decoding a first control format indicator channel transmitted by said first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a first OFDM symbol of each subframe in said plurality of subframes; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a control format indicator channel on each subframe using the first OFDM symbol in each subframe;
b) processing said first control format indicator channel comprising re-encoding,
scrambling, modulating and scaling said first control format indicator channel; c) subtracting said processed first control format indicator channel from the received signals on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said first OFDM symbol of said first subframe;
d) descrambling and decoding a second control format indicator channel transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of second base stations in said first OFDM symbol of said first subframe; and
e) determining the number of OFDM symbols of a control region of said second base station based on said second control format indicator channel.
142. A method for operating a wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in
said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said method comprising:
a) demodulating, descrambling and decoding a first control format indicator channel transmitted by a first base station in said plurality of base stations on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a first OFDM symbol of each subframe in said plurality of subframes; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a control format indicator channel on each subframe using the first OFDM symbol in each subframe;
b) processing said first control format indicator channel comprising re-encoding,
scrambling, modulating and scaling said first control format indicator channel; c) subtracting said processed first control format indicator channel from the received signals on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said first OFDM symbol of said first subframe;
d) descrambling and decoding a second control format indicator channel transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of base stations in said first OFDM symbol of said first subframe; and
e) determining the number of OFDM symbols of a control region of said second base station based on said second control format indicator channel.
A method for operating a wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base stations, wherein a first base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said method comprising:
a) demodulating, descrambling and decoding a first physical broadcast channel
transmitted by said first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a plurality of OFDM symbols of a subset of subframes in said plurality of subframes; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a physical broadcast channel on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said plurality of OFDM symbols of said subset of subframes; b) processing said first physical broadcast channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling said first physical broadcast channel;
c) subtracting said processed first physical broadcast channel from the received signals on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said plurality of OFDM symbols of said subset of subframes;
d) descrambling and decoding a second physical broadcast channel transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of second base stations on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said plurality of OFDM symbols of said subset of subframes; and
e) determining a plurality of system parameters of said second base station based on said second physical broadcast channel.
144. A method for operating a wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base
stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said method comprising:
a) demodulating, descrambling and decoding a first physical broadcast channel
transmitted by said first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a plurality of OFDM symbols of a subset of subframes in said plurality of subframes; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a physical broadcast channel on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said plurality of OFDM symbols of said subset of subframes;
b) processing said first physical broadcast channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling said first physical broadcast channel;
c) subtracting said processed first physical broadcast channel from the received signals on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said plurality of OFDM symbols of said subset of subframes;
d) descrambling and decoding a second physical broadcast channel transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of base stations on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said plurality of OFDM symbols of said subset of subframes; and e) determining a plurality of system parameters of said second base station based on said second physical broadcast channel.
145. A wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base stations, wherein a first base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each
frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said wireless device comprising:
a) a communication interface;
b) a processor; and
c) a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause wireless device to:
i) demodulate, descrambling and decoding a first control format indicator
channel transmitted by said first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a first OFDM symbol of each subframe in said plurality of subframes; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a control format indicator channel on each subframe using the first OFDM symbol in each subframe;
ii) process said first control format indicator channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling said first control format indicator channel; iii) subtract said processed first control format indicator channel from the received signals on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said first OFDM symbol of said first subframe;
iv) descramble and decoding a second control format indicator channel
transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of second base stations in said first OFDM symbol of said first subframe; and
v) determine the number of OFDM symbols of a control region of said second base station based on said second control format indicator channel. A wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said wireless device comprising: a) a communication interface;
b) a processor; and
c) a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause wireless device to:
i) demodulate, descrambling and decoding a first physical broadcast channel transmitted by said first base station on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in a plurality of OFDM symbols of a subset of subframes in said plurality of subframes; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a physical broadcast channel on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said plurality of OFDM symbols of said subset of subframes;
ii) process said first physical broadcast channel comprising re-encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling said first physical broadcast channel; iii) subtract said processed first physical broadcast channel from the received signals on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said plurality of OFDM symbols of said subset of subframes;
iv) descramble and decoding a second physical broadcast channel transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of base stations on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said plurality of OFDM symbols of said subset of subframes; and
v) determine a plurality of system parameters of said second base station based on said second physical broadcast channel.
A method for operating a wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base stations, wherein a first base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said method comprising:
a) correlating the received signals on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a subset of subframes with a first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a plurality of synchronization signals on said subset of subframes using said plurality of OFDM subcarriers;
b) identifying a first synchronization signal in said first plurality of pre-determined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among said first plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by said first base station; c) processing said first synchronization signal comprising scaling said first
synchronization signal by a scaling factor that depends on said highest correlation value;
d) subtracting said processed first synchronization signal from the received
synchronization signals on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal;
e) correlating said updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values;
f) identifying a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among said second plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of second base stations; and
g) obtaining frame and subframe timing information of said second base station using said second synchronization signal.
148. A method for operating a wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base
stations, wherein a first base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations, said method comprising:
a) correlating the received synchronization signals with a first plurality of
predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a plurality of synchronization signals;
b) identifying a first synchronization signal in said first plurality of pre-determined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among said first plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by said first base station; c) processing said first synchronization signal comprising scaling it by a scaling factor that depends on said highest correlation value;
d) subtracting said processed first synchronization signal from the received
synchronization signals to generate an updated received signal;
e) correlating said updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values; and f) identifying a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among said second plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of second base stations.
149. A method for operating a wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base
stations, said method comprising:
a) correlating the received synchronization signals with a first plurality of
predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a plurality of synchronization signals;
b) identifying a first synchronization signal in said first plurality of pre-determined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among said first plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by said first base station;
c) processing said first synchronization signal comprising scaling it by a scaling factor that depends on said highest correlation value;
d) subtracting said processed first synchronization signal from the received
synchronization signals to generate an updated received signal;
e) correlating said updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values; and f) identifying a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among said second plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of base stations.
A method for operating a wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base stations, wherein a first base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said method comprising:
a) correlating the received signals on a first plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the
middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a first subset of subframes with a first plurality of predetermined primary synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a plurality of primary synchronization signals on said first subset of subframes using said first plurality of OFDM subcarriers;
b) identifying a first primary synchronization signal in said first plurality of predetermined primary synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among said first plurality of correlation values as the primary synchronization signal transmitted by said first base station;
c) processing said first primary synchronization signal comprising scaling by a scaling factor that depends on said highest correlation value among said first plurality of correlation values;
d) subtracting said processed first primary synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals on said first plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said first subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal;
e) correlating said updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined primary synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values;
f) identifying a second primary synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among said second plurality of correlation values as the primary synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of second base stations; g) correlating the received signals on a second plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a second subset of subframes with a first plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals to produce a third plurality of correlation values; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a plurality of secondary synchronization signals on said second subset of subframes using said second plurality of OFDM subcarriers; wherein said first plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals depends on said first primary synchronization signal;
h) identifying a first secondary synchronization signal in said first plurality of predetermined primary synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among said third plurality of correlation values as the secondary synchronization signal transmitted by said first base station;
i) processing said first secondary synchronization signal comprising scaling by a
scaling factor that depends on said highest correlation value among said third plurality of correlation values;
j) subtracting said scaled first secondary synchronization signal from the received synchronization signals on said second plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said second subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal;
k) correlating said updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals to produce a fourth plurality of correlation values; wherein said second plurality of predetermined secondary synchronization signals depend on said second primary synchronization signal;
1) identifying a second secondary synchronization signal with a highest correlation value among said fourth plurality of correlation values as the secondary
synchronization signal transmitted by said second base station; and
m) obtaining frame and subframe timing information of said second base station using said second primary synchronization signal and said second secondary
synchronization signal.
A wireless device in a network comprising a plurality of base stations, wherein a first base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second
base stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said wireless device comprising:
a) a communication interface;
b) a processor; and
c) a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause said wireless device to: i) correlate the received signals on a plurality of OFDM subcarriers in the middle of the frequency band of a carrier in a subset of subframes with a first plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a first plurality of correlation values; wherein each base station in said plurality of base stations broadcasts a plurality of synchronization signals on said subset of subframes using said plurality of OFDM subcarriers;
ii) identify a first synchronization signal in said first plurality of pre-determined synchronization signals with a highest correlation value among said first plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by said first base station;
iii) process said first synchronization signal comprising scaling said first
synchronization signal by a scaling factor that depends on said highest correlation value;
iv) subtract said processed first synchronization signal from the received
synchronization signals on said plurality of OFDM subcarriers in said subset of subframes to generate an updated received signal;
v) correlate said updated received signal with a second plurality of predetermined synchronization signals to produce a second plurality of correlation values; vi) identify a second synchronization signal with a highest correlation value
among said second plurality of correlation values as the synchronization signal transmitted by a second base station in said plurality of second base stations; and
vii) obtain frame and subframe timing information of said second base station using said second synchronization signal.
A method for operating a network comprising a plurality of base stations comprising a plurality of carriers, wherein a first base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations, wherein transmission time is divided
into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said method comprising:
a) assigning a carrier identifier to each carrier in said plurality of carriers;
b) said first base station assigning a first plurality of wireless device identifiers to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode;
c) said first base station transmitting a plurality of first unicast control messages to a first subset of said first plurality of wireless devices using a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe of said first base station; wherein said first plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of said first base station and wireless device identifiers of said first subset of said first plurality of wireless devices;
d) a second base station in said plurality of second base stations assigning a second plurality of wireless device identifiers to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode; and
e) said second base station transmitting a second plurality of unicast control messages to a second subset of said second plurality of wireless devices using a second plurality of OFDM resources in a second subframe of said second base station transmitted substantially simultaneously with said first subframe; wherein said second plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of said second base station and wireless device identifiers of said second subset of said second plurality of wireless devices;
wherein said carrier identifiers, said first plurality of wireless device identifiers, and said second plurality of wireless device identifiers are configured such that the overlap between said first plurality of OFDM resources and said second plurality of OFDM resources is below a pre-determined threshold.
A method for operating a network comprising a plurality of base stations comprising a plurality of carriers, wherein a first base station transmits radio signals at a substantially higher power than a plurality of second base stations, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said method comprising:
a) assigning a carrier identifier to each carrier in said plurality of carriers;
b) said first base station assigning a first plurality of wireless device identifiers to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode;
c) said first base station transmitting a plurality of first unicast control messages to a first subset of said first plurality of wireless devices using a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe of said first base station; wherein said first plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of said first base station and wireless device identifiers of said first subset of said first plurality of wireless devices;
d) a second base station in said plurality of second base stations assigning a second plurality of wireless device identifiers to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode; and
e) said second base station transmitting a second plurality of unicast control messages to a second subset of said second plurality of wireless devices using a second plurality of OFDM resources in a second subframe of said second base station transmitted substantially simultaneously with said first subframe; wherein said second plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of said second base station and wireless device identifiers of said second subset of said second plurality of wireless devices;
wherein said carrier identifiers, said first plurality of wireless device identifiers, and said second plurality of wireless device identifiers are configured such that the overlap between said first plurality of OFDM resources and said second plurality of OFDM resources is below a pre-determined threshold.
A method for operating a network comprising a plurality of base stations comprising a plurality of carriers, wherein transmission time is divided into a plurality of frames, and each frame in said plurality of frames is further divided into a plurality of subframes, said method comprising:
a) assigning a carrier identifier to each carrier in said plurality of carriers;
b) a first base station in said plurality of base stations assigning a first plurality of wireless device identifiers to a first plurality of wireless devices in connected mode; c) said first base station transmitting a plurality of first unicast control messages to a first subset of said first plurality of wireless devices using a first plurality of OFDM resources in a first subframe of said first base station; wherein said first plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of said first base station and wireless device identifiers of said first subset of said first plurality of wireless devices;
d) a second base station in said plurality of base stations assigning a second plurality of wireless device identifiers to a second plurality of wireless devices in connected mode; and
e) said second base station transmitting a second plurality of unicast control messages to a second subset of said second plurality of wireless devices using a second plurality of OFDM resources in a second subframe of said second base station transmitted substantially simultaneously with said first subframe; wherein said second plurality of OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on a carrier identifier of a carrier of said second base station and wireless device identifiers of said second subset of said second plurality of wireless devices;
wherein said carrier identifiers, said first plurality of wireless device identifiers, and said second plurality of wireless device identifiers are configured such that the overlap between said first plurality of OFDM resources and said second plurality of OFDM resources is below a pre-determined threshold.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP14197792.6A EP2879320B1 (en) | 2011-10-29 | 2012-10-29 | Special subframe allocation in wireless networks |
EP20162996.1A EP3691171B1 (en) | 2011-10-29 | 2012-10-29 | Special subframe allocation in wireless networks |
Applications Claiming Priority (8)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201161553186P | 2011-10-29 | 2011-10-29 | |
US201161553185P | 2011-10-29 | 2011-10-29 | |
US201161553188P | 2011-10-29 | 2011-10-29 | |
US201161553190P | 2011-10-29 | 2011-10-29 | |
US201161553184P | 2011-10-29 | 2011-10-29 | |
US201161553183P | 2011-10-29 | 2011-10-29 | |
US201161567097P | 2011-12-05 | 2011-12-05 | |
PCT/US2012/062482 WO2013063604A2 (en) | 2011-10-29 | 2012-10-29 | Special subframe allocation in wireless networks |
Related Child Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP20162996.1A Division EP3691171B1 (en) | 2011-10-29 | 2012-10-29 | Special subframe allocation in wireless networks |
EP14197792.6A Division EP2879320B1 (en) | 2011-10-29 | 2012-10-29 | Special subframe allocation in wireless networks |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP2771999A2 true EP2771999A2 (en) | 2014-09-03 |
Family
ID=47521129
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP12812742.0A Withdrawn EP2771999A2 (en) | 2011-10-29 | 2012-10-29 | Special subframe allocation in wireless networks |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP2771999A2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013063604A2 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10237032B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2019-03-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Adaptive channel state information reference signal configurations for a 5G wireless communication network or other next generation network |
US10320512B2 (en) | 2017-01-08 | 2019-06-11 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Interference cancelation for 5G or other next generation network |
US10334533B2 (en) | 2016-11-02 | 2019-06-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Non-orthogonal design for channel state information reference signals for a 5G air interface or other next generation network interfaces |
US10673685B2 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2020-06-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Facilitating beam recovery request for 5G or other next generation network |
Families Citing this family (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN104581736B (en) * | 2013-10-12 | 2019-02-26 | 普天信息技术有限公司 | A kind of downlink interference collaboration method, base station |
CN111988098B (en) * | 2013-12-25 | 2022-08-12 | 松下电器(美国)知识产权公司 | Base station, terminal, integrated circuit, and communication method |
JP6319424B2 (en) * | 2014-03-31 | 2018-05-09 | 富士通株式会社 | Wireless communication system, wireless communication method, wireless station, and control station |
US9918325B2 (en) | 2014-05-21 | 2018-03-13 | Altiostar Networks, Inc. | Enhanced inter-cell interference coordination |
ES2774905T3 (en) * | 2015-01-26 | 2020-07-23 | Huawei Tech Co Ltd | Data transmission and reception method and device |
US10470179B2 (en) | 2015-02-23 | 2019-11-05 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Radio communication methods and radio communication devices |
CN109150448B (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2023-04-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for transmitting and receiving signal, network equipment and user equipment |
WO2023023948A1 (en) * | 2021-08-24 | 2023-03-02 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Communication method and communication apparatus |
CN117812617B (en) * | 2024-02-23 | 2024-05-07 | 山东浪潮数据库技术有限公司 | Method for identifying subnet interference in wireless ad hoc network |
-
2012
- 2012-10-29 WO PCT/US2012/062482 patent/WO2013063604A2/en active Application Filing
- 2012-10-29 EP EP12812742.0A patent/EP2771999A2/en not_active Withdrawn
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
See references of WO2013063604A2 * |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10334533B2 (en) | 2016-11-02 | 2019-06-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Non-orthogonal design for channel state information reference signals for a 5G air interface or other next generation network interfaces |
US10834679B2 (en) | 2016-11-02 | 2020-11-10 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Non-orthogonal design for channel state information reference signals for a 5G air interface or other next generation network interfaces |
US11558822B2 (en) | 2016-11-02 | 2023-01-17 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Non-orthogonal design for channel state information reference signals for a 5G air interface or other next generation network interfaces |
US10237032B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2019-03-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Adaptive channel state information reference signal configurations for a 5G wireless communication network or other next generation network |
US10432376B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2019-10-01 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Adaptive channel state information reference signal configurations for a 5G wireless communication network or other next generation network |
US10812237B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2020-10-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Adaptive channel state information reference signal configurations for a 5G wireless communication network or other next generation network |
US10320512B2 (en) | 2017-01-08 | 2019-06-11 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Interference cancelation for 5G or other next generation network |
US10742343B2 (en) | 2017-01-08 | 2020-08-11 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Interference cancelation for 5G or other next generation network |
US10673685B2 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2020-06-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Facilitating beam recovery request for 5G or other next generation network |
US11329865B2 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2022-05-10 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Facilitating beam recovery request for 5G or other next generation network |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2013063604A3 (en) | 2013-09-12 |
WO2013063604A2 (en) | 2013-05-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11696265B2 (en) | Reduced transmission power time interval indication in wireless networks | |
US11503581B2 (en) | Almost blank subframe in carrier aggregation | |
EP2879320B1 (en) | Special subframe allocation in wireless networks | |
US9596681B2 (en) | Almost blank subframe allocation in heterogeneous network | |
US8971250B2 (en) | Special subframe allocation | |
US20130142138A1 (en) | Coordination of Control Channel Transmissions | |
US20130142291A1 (en) | Synchronization Signals Detection | |
WO2013063604A2 (en) | Special subframe allocation in wireless networks | |
US11812443B2 (en) | Allocating reduced transmission power |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20140520 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A2 Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN |
|
18W | Application withdrawn |
Effective date: 20141218 |